2. Sumedhapatthanākathā · 2. 苏美德愿求论义注
1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā一、宝经行道篇注释
Idāni pana –
现在说——
§1
1.
‘‘Brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha;
‘梵天,世间的主宰,众王之王,双手合十,默然无言地恳求;
Santīdha sattāpparajakkhajātikā, desehi dhammaṃ anukampimaṃ paja’’nti. –
众生们生活在此间,难以保护自己,故请你在各地慈悲为民,宣讲法义。’——
Ādinayappavattassa abbhantaranidānassa atthavaṇṇanā hoti.
这是对因果关系中始发内在缘起的意义说明。
Ettha ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe’’tiādisuttantesu viya – ‘‘ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ apucchī’’ti evamādinā nayena nidānaṃ avatvā kasmā ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācathā’’tiādinā nayena nidānaṃ vuttanti? Vuccate – bhagavato sabbadhammadesanākāraṇabhūtāya brahmuno dhammadesanāyācanāya sandassanatthaṃ vuttanti.
此处如同《一时世尊在王舍城竹林清凉园》经等所示,‘一时世尊住在萨咖天所在的迦毗罗卫城的尼拘陀树园。时长老沙利弗往见世尊,问起佛的世系。此乃叙述因缘起首,为什么说“梵天,世间的主宰,众王之王,双手合十,默然无言地恳求”等此类因缘?答曰:是因为佛所宣讲的一切法中根本缘起,故为示范梵天请求佛说法之由。’
‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino;
‘什么时候为了说明法义,佛陀由梵天所扶持,成为觉者?’
Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti.
何时何地由何人所作?这首偈颂果然被展开说明。
Vuccate – buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā ajjhiṭṭho āyācito. Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – mahāpuriso kira katābhinīhāro mahābhinikkhamanadivase vivaṭapākaṭabībhacchasayanāsanaceṭikā nāṭakitthiyo disvā atīva saṃviggahadayo paṭekadesāvacchannaṃ channaṃ āmantetvā – ‘‘arinaravaramanthakaṃ kaṇḍakaṃ nāma turaṅgavaramāharā’’ti kaṇḍakaṃ āharāpetvā channasahāyo varaturaṅgamāruyha nagaradvāre adhivatthāya devatāya nagaradvāre vivaṭe nagarato nikkhamitvā tīṇi rajjāni tena rattāvasesena atikkamitvā anomasatto anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre ṭhatvā channamevamāha – ‘‘channa, tvaṃ mama imāni aññehi asādhāraṇāni ābharaṇāni kaṇḍakañca varaturaṅgamādāya kapilapuraṃ gacchāhī’’ti channaṃ vissajjetvā asitoraganīluppalasadisenāsinā sakesamakuṭaṃ chinditvā ākāse ukkhipitvā devadattiyaṃ pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā sayameva pabbajitvā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno anilabalasamuddhutataraṅgabhaṅgaṃ asaṅgaṃ gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā maṇigaṇaraṃsijālavijjotitarājagahaṃ rājagahaṃ nāma nagaraṃ pavisitvā tattha issariyamadamattaṃ janaṃ parihāsento viya ca uddhatavesassa janassa lajjamuppādayamāno viya ca vayakantīhi nāgarajanahadayāni attani bandhanto viya ca dvatiṃsavaramahāpurisalakkhaṇavirājitāya rūpasiriyā sabbajananayanāni vilumpamāno viya ca rūpīpādasañcaro puññasañcayo viya ca pabbato viya ca gamanena nissaṅgo santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ bhattaṃ gahetvā nagarato nikkhamitvā paṇḍavapabbatapasse chāyūdakasampanne sucibhūmibhāge paramaramaṇīye pavivitte okāse nisīditvā paṭisaṅkhānabalena missakabhattaṃ paribhuñjitvā paṇḍavagirānusārena bimbisārena magadhamahārājena mahāpurisassa santikaṃ gantvā nāmagottaṃ pucchitvā tena pamuditahadayena ‘‘mama rajjabhāgaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti rajjena nimantiyamāno – ‘‘alaṃ, mahārāja, na mayhaṃ rajjenattho ahaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya lokahitatthāya padhānamanuyuñjitvā loke vivaṭacchado buddho bhavissāmīti nikkhanto’’ti vatvā tena ca ‘‘buddho hutvā sabbapaṭhamaṃ mama vijitaṃ osareyyāthā’’ti vutto ‘sādhū’ti tassa paṭiññaṃ datvā āḷārañca udakañca upasaṅkamitvā tesaṃ dhammadesanāya sāraṃ avindanto tato pakkamitvā uruvelāyaṃ chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ karontopi amataṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto oḷārikāhārapaṭisevanena sarīraṃ santappesi.
所谓教诲者说——当年世尊成佛后第八个圣年内,为了说法弘法,向梵天恳求准许。在那时,作为序言所说——据称大人(日后者)于大出家日这一天,见到通透开敞、无障碍的竹床、竹席、竹枕、床帐,及竹制帐篷等具备,经常从中走过的戏子们,见此情形,内心极为震动,隐蔽于一偏远之处,便召请一位名为遮那的侍从,说道:“取马匹名叫‘犬牙’,是匹良驹,请牵来。”牵来良马,携伴乘上,护持其住镇门处。神祇也在城门处监护。随后出城,渡过三道施设的绳索,于名叫阿诺玛河的河边驻足,对侍从说道:“遮那,你临时携带这些非凡的珍宝和犬牙良马到迦毗罗卫城去吧。”吩咐完毕放开遮那,切断以铁刀断裂的莲花峰上的树枝,放飞天神赐予的袈裟,自己即刻出家,开始步行乞食,行走于无风波、无散乱的恒河,以求净修。进入名为王舍城的宝石辉煌名都,讥讽时令混杂,骄奢盛行,心怀退缩、愤懑而来,感到内心被二十三位大人标志辉煌的美貌所困扰,神情离散、活动尘劳犹如积累善业的山岳、如同行止安稳、无心安详的森林,单独观照当时王舍城乞食生活,须臾不定,取食完毕后出城,来到盘陀伽山阴凉清净地,静坐于开阔处,忆念修持力量,享用糯米饭与少量净食,依皇家使者班比萨拉到大名之处,带着尊重和欢乐请求:“请接受我的供养。”应令侍者伺候后对国王说:“请勿如此,我舍弃王位,为利天下,誓修灭除烦恼,成为佛陀。”说毕,世尊亦言:“成为佛陀,初悟断恶如医治疾病。”国王赞叹称善并供养,净水及涤除诸毒后,开始诵法。之后虽在乌鲁维拉渡过六年艰难困苦,因不忍食荤而未成无上觉。
Tadā pana uruvelāyaṃ senānigame senānigamakuṭumbikassa dhītā sujātā nāma dārikā vayappattā ekasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe patthanamakāsi – ‘‘sacāhaṃ samajātikaṃ kulagharaṃ gantvā paṭhamagabbhe puttaṃ labhissāmi, balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tassā sā patthanā samijjhi. Sā vesākhapuṇṇamadivase ‘‘ajja balikammaṃ karissāmī’’ti pātova pāyāsaṃ anāyāsaṃ paramamadhuraṃ sampaṭipādesi. Bodhisattopi tadaheva katasarīrapaṭijaggano bhikkhācārakālaṃ āgamayamāno pātova gantvā tasmiṃ nigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha kho puṇṇā nāma dāsī tassā dhātī rukkhamūlasodhanatthāya gatā bodhisattaṃ pācīnalokadhātuṃ olokayamānaṃ nisinnaṃ sañjhāppabhānurañjitavarakanakagirisikharasadisasarīrasobhaṃ timiranikaranidhānakaraṃ kamalavanavikasanakaraṃ ghanavivaramupagataṃ divasakaramiva taruvaramupagataṃ munidivasakaramaddasa. Sarīrato cassa nikkhantāhi pabhāhi sakalañca taṃ rukkhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ disvā tassā etadahosi – ‘‘ajja amhākaṃ devatā rukkhato oruyha sahattheneva baliṃ paṭiggahetukāmā hutvā nisinnā’’ti. Sā vegena gantvā sujātāya etamatthaṃ ārocesi.
那时,在乌鲁维拉军营中,统领的女儿,名为苏伽陀,已年满十一岁,坐于一处无花果树下,自言:“明日我将进入家族,怀胎生子,行母亲之责。”当时她的打算完成了。 Vesākha 月圆之日,她说道:“今日我要行母事。”便轻易食用香甜稠羹。菩萨当时显现法身,正值比库出家时期,来到那里,在无花果树根下坐下。随后,名叫普纳的女仆为清理树根,前往菩萨坐处,正当傍晚明亮的金光映照着金山岩峰,光耀身体,犹如消除黑暗的光明,带来莲花盛开的森林,密集茂盛的树丛如同天神之日。目睹树身及散发的金光,普纳想:“今日众天神居于树上,或为受我等敬请,应坐于此。”随即快速前往见苏伽陀,说出此意。
Tato sujātā sañjātasaddhā hutvā sabbālaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā satasahassagghanikaṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ paramamadhurassa madhupāyāsassa pūretvā aparāya suvaṇṇapātiyā pidahitvā sīsenādāya nigrodharukkhābhimukhī agamāsi. Sā gacchantī dūratova taṃ bodhisattaṃ rukkhadevatamiva sakalaṃ taṃ rukkhaṃ sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ katvā puññasañcayamiva rūpavantaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā pītisomanassajātā sujātā ‘‘rukkhadevatā’’ti saññāya diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onatonatā gantvā sīsato taṃ suvaṇṇapātiṃ otāretvā mahāsattassa hatthe ṭhapetvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā – ‘‘yathā mama manoratho nipphanno, evaṃ tumhākampi nipphajjatū’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
于是苏伽陀生起坚定信心,盛装打扮,佩戴众多装饰,举持数百万金盘,盛满香甜蜜羹,后来把金盘盖上,头戴宝冠,面向无花果树而去。她行至远处见菩萨,宛若树中天神,周身金光烁烁,犹如积累善业殊胜的美丽庄严,欢喜心生,称呼“树神”,因目睹之处而顶礼着座,取出金盘敬献于大人,言曰:“愿如我心所愿,尔等也得成就。”然后起身离去。
Atha kho bodhisattopi suvaṇṇapātiṃ gahetvā nerañjarāya nadiyā tīraṃ gantvā suppatiṭṭhitassa nāma titthassa tīre suvaṇṇapātiṃ ṭhapetvā nhatvā paccuttaritvā ekūnapaññāsapiṇḍe karonto taṃ pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjitvā – ‘‘sacāhaṃ ajja buddho bhavissāmi, ayaṃ suvaṇṇapāti paṭisotaṃ gacchatū’’ti khipi. Sā pāti paṭisotaṃ gantvā kāḷassa nāma nāgarājassa bhavanaṃ pavisitvā tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ thālakāni ukkhipitvā tesaṃ heṭṭhā aṭṭhāsi.
随后菩萨持金盘,来到涅瓨河岸,将盘置于名叫苏皮提塔的渡口,洗净后取用约四十九份稠羹细食,口称:“明日我将成佛,此金盘应游于圣境。”欲快速游回金盘所在处,进入名为卡拉的城市宫殿,拔起三佛祖发髻,立于其下。
Mahāsatto tattheva vanasaṇḍe divāvihāraṃ vītināmetvā sāyanhasamaye sotthiyena nāma tiṇahārakena mahāpurisassa ākāraṃ ñatvā dinnā aṭṭha tiṇamuṭṭhiyo gahetvā bodhimaṇḍamāruyha dakkhiṇadisābhāge aṭṭhāsi. So pana padeso paduminipatte udakabindu viya akampittha. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ayaṃ padeso mama guṇaṃ dhāretuṃ asamattho’’ti pacchimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna uttaradisābhāgamagamāsi. Sopi tatheva kampittha. Puna puratthimadisābhāgamagamāsi. Tattha pallaṅkappamāṇaṭṭhānaṃ niccalaṃ ahosi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ kilesaviddhaṃsanaṭṭhāna’’nti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tāni tiṇāni agge gahetvā cālesi. Tāni tūlikaggena paricchinnāni viya ahesuṃ. Bodhisatto – ‘‘bodhiṃ apatvāva imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ na bhindissāmī’’ti caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā bodhikkhandhaṃ piṭṭhito katvā puratthābhimukho nisīdi.
大人当天于林间树阴中,午餐时节,携带名为索提的干草,盛满而知其形状,上行至菩提场南方所在。此处地块,如莲花瓣般静止无动。大人曰:“此地我难常留。”于是西行,该地震动,转往北方,该地亦震动,再往东方,该地震动。至此铺床地处平稳无动。大人曰:“此地为污垢染污之地。”立下信心,举起草聚,行走。菩萨意志坚定,誓不折断此铺床,虽历四方抵御诸难,执持四方之力,反覆凝定,坐于铺床之上,背向菩提,面朝东方。
Taṅkhaṇaññeva sabbalokābhihāro māro bāhusahassaṃ māpetvā diyaḍḍhayojanasatikaṃ himagirisikharasadisaṃ girimekhalaṃ nāma arivaravāraṇaṃ varavāraṇaṃ abhiruyha navayojanikena dhanuasipharasusarasattisabalenātibahalena mārabalena samparivuto samantā pabbato viya ajjhottharanto mahāsapattaṃ viya mahāsattaṃ samupāgami. Mahāpuriso sūriye dharanteyeva atitumūlaṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā vikasitajayasumanakusumasadisassa cīvarassa upari patamānehi rattapavālaṅkurasadisaruciradassanehi bodhirukkhaṅkurehi pītiyā viya pūjiyamāno eva paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ labhitvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppāde ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasanto aruṇodaye buddho hutvā –
渴爱本为一切世间行为之根,魔以百万众力,跨越一百二十五由旬之冰山峰巅环绕山脉,此山名为诸敌之障碍、诸障之优胜。魔以九由旬之强弓、锐刃、毒矢、箭镞及七十种力量,围绕包围,宛若群山环绕,正渐渐上升,如大河奔涌,似万流汇集。伟大圣者如太阳高悬,超越根源魔力,胜过魔军,披胜利之华盖,披胜利之袈裟,在破晓红光映照、清晨花开枝繁叶茂、普照诸树间,心生欢喜而受礼敬。于初晨时,得回忆前世智慧,中晨时得清净天眼慧,夕时更超越缘起智慧,遍知世间变化轮回,安然于清晨时分觉悟为佛。
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
『多生轮回流转,反复久远无尽;
Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
寻找家园之因,反复生苦中生。』
‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
『家因既明了,复寻家无所;
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
住处已破坏,一切家舍尽坏;
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154) –
『行已息,心已离诸行,渴爱得尽灭。』(《法句》第153-154偈)——
Imaṃ udānaṃ udānetvā sattāhaṃ vimuttisukhapaṭisevanena vītināmetvā aṭṭhame divase samāpattito vuṭṭhāya devatānaṃ kaṅkhaṃ ñatvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhāvidhamanatthaṃ ākāse uppatitvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā tāsaṃ kaṅkhaṃ vidhamitvā pallaṅkato īsakaṃ pācīnanissite uttaradisābhāge ṭhatvā – ‘‘imasmiṃ vata me pallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdha’’nti cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca pūritānaṃ pāramīnaṃ phalādhigamaṭṭhānaṃ pallaṅkañceva bodhirukkhañca animisehi akkhīhi olokayamāno sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ animisacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ.
说完这首偈颂后,世尊七周每天以修习解脱之乐为依止,以断除烦恼,于第八日证悟。于是起身,察觉天人们有疑惑,见此疑惑欲消除之意,升空示现二叉神力,散除彼等疑惧。世尊立于床榻之西南角,身着苇席,言:“我于此床上,具足一切知见语智。”观察此床及菩提树,俱已成就无生灭之相,七周修习此念,此处名为无生灭之舍。
Atha pallaṅkassa ca ṭhitaṭṭhānassa ca antare puratthimapacchimato āyate ratanacaṅkame caṅkamanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi, taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanacaṅkamacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Tato pacchimadisābhāge devatā ratanagharaṃ nāma māpesuṃ, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ visesato cettha anantanayasamantapaṭṭhānaṃ vicinanto sattāhaṃ vītināmesi. Taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanagharacetiyaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Evaṃ bodhisamīpeyeva cattāri sattāhāni vītināmetvā pañcame sattāhe bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami; tatthāpi dhammaṃ vicinantoyeva vimuttisukhañca paṭisaṃvedento ajapālanigrodhe sattāhaṃ vītināmesi.
又在床榻及其立处之间,自东方至西方行走七周,此处名为宝行舍。随后在西方向,诸天建造一宝居处,世尊坐于床上,专注于《法藏》教义,详细调查无量无边法门,七周修习此念,此处名为宝居舍。如此在菩提树前连续修习四个七周,第五七周至菩提树根,世尊修习七周,觉察无生灭之乐。
Evaṃ aparaṃ sattāhaṃ mucalinde nisīdi. Tassa nisinnamattasseva bhagavato sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūrento mahāakālamegho udapādi. Tasmiṃ pana uppanne mucalindo nāgarājā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ mahāmegho satthari mayhaṃ bhavanaṃ paviṭṭhamatte uppanno vāsāgāramassa laddhuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. So sattaratanamayaṃ devavimānasadisaṃ dibbavimānaṃ nimminituṃ samatthopi evaṃ kate – ‘‘na mayhaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, dasabalassa kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ karissāmī’’ti atimahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ katvā satthāraṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha bhagavā parikkhepassa antova mahati okāse sabbaratanamaye paccagghapallaṅke upari viniggalantavividhasurabhikusumadāmavitāne vividhasurabhigandhavāsite gandhakuṭiyaṃ viharanto viya vihāsi. Evaṃ bhagavā taṃ sattāhaṃ tattha vītināmetvā tato aparaṃ sattāhaṃ rājāyatane nisīdi. Tatthāpi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvediyeva. Ettāvatā sattasattāhāni paripuṇṇāni ahesuṃ. Etthantare bhagavā jhānasukhena phalasukhena ca vītināmesi.
随后又修习第六七周,坐于菩提树下,忽有大黑云聚集。龙王西方观云,思惟道:“如是大云者,乃我师住持之所,必为居所。”遂随从七宝建造天宫,欲供奉天尊。但思知:“我虽建此大宫,利益有限,不及世尊。”乃施华盖,庄严师尊,七十天王以神力供养。世尊于华盖下广设香花席垫,安然静坐,如同香气弥漫的林园般。世尊在此七周修习,转至王宫,依然觉知解脱之乐。如此整整七十七周充满。其间世尊享受禅定乐及果报乐。
Athassa sattasattāhātikkame – ‘‘mukhaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajji. Sakko devānamindo agadaharītakaṃ āharitvā adāsi. Athassa sakko nāgalatādantakaṭṭhañca mukhadhovanaudakañca adāsi. Tato bhagavā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahodakena mukhaṃ dhovitvā rājāyatanamūle nisīdi. Tasmiṃ samaye catūhi lokapālehi upanīte paccagghe selamaye patte tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjitvā paccāgantvā ajapālanigrodharukkhamūle nisīdi. Athassa tattha nisinnamattasseva attanā adhigatassa dhammassa gambhīrabhāvaṃ paccavekkhantassa sabbabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇo – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.281; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 7) paresaṃ dhammaṃ adesetukāmatākārappatto parivitakko udapādi.
七十七周修毕,世尊心生愿:“今当洗面。”萨咖天帝奉上净水。天帝又以龙王付有之用牙与净水,供世尊洗面。洗毕面后,世尊坐于王宫之基。此时四大守护天降临,带来商贾器皿,供养世尊,后来也至菩提树下。世尊当坐时,回顾自得之法,无上正智,心生深重喜悦。彼时如来赞叹自己所得法殊胜,善解难入,智慧深广,宁静温厚,善通达理,能教化众生。即发心欲广为他人宣说。
Atha brahmā sahampati dasabalassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – ‘‘nassati vata, bho, loko, vinassati vata, bho, loko’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; ma. ni. 1.282; mahāva. 8) vācaṃ nicchārento dasasahassacakkavāḷabrahmagaṇaparivuto sakkasuyāmasantusitaparanimmitavasavattīhi anugato āgantvā bhagavato purato pāturahosi. So attano patiṭṭhānatthāya pathaviṃ nimminitvā dakkhiṇaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā jalajāmalāvikalakamalamakulasadisaṃ dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalamañjaliṃ sirasmiṃ katvā – ‘‘desetu, bhante , bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ, santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
随后梵天萨罕波提以十力神圣之心,辗转观想诸法无常,复念:“世间终有消亡,终归灭亡。”乃以这觉悟之言宣说,带领成千上万轮回法轮的梵天子弟,随从世尊而来,谦恭礼敬。其为树立其位,以心象地,南方绘制印相莲华宝座,并顶礼以十指合掌,愿世尊开示法义,广为众生宣说殊胜法,解除轮回险恶烦恼,使众生安乐。
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe, dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
梵天告诫:“尔时我曾于摩揭陀,为法未清净而忧愁思虑。”
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ, suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
死亡之门已开,愿闻清净明了的正法。
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito, yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
如同人在山顶上伫立,
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
又如同众人环视四周,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko, avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
此法如是智慧之灯,乃至登高宝殿,遍观四方众生;
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma, satthavāha anaṇa vicara loke;
愿汝等勇士起身,胜利战斗,教法传播无阻,游行诸世,
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ, aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.282; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) –
愿听世尊宣说此法,那时将有不知者。」
‘‘Nanu tumhehi ‘buddho bodheyyaṃ tiṇṇo tāreyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’’nti –
『难道不是因为诸比库们说:‘佛已觉悟,越过生死,解脱自由了’吗?』
‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha;
『我还有什么别的疑惑呢?在这里如实证得法,
Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tārayissaṃ sadevaka’’nti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.55) –
遍得圆满了,我必救度众生。』(《补注·贤劫经》2.55)
Patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūretvā sabbaññubhāvaṃ pattoti ca, ‘‘tumhehi dhamme adesiyamāne ko hi nāma añño dhammaṃ desessati, kimaññaṃ lokassa saraṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ parāyana’’nti ca evamādīhi anekehi nayehi bhagavantaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ ayāci. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘buddhabhūtassa pana bhagavato aṭṭhame sattāhe satthā dhammadesanatthāya brahmunā āyācito’’ti.
诸比库们完成了初发心,圆满了六度具足的庄严功德,终于完全证得了圆满法性,于是说:『诸比库们你们被教导诸法时,还有谁会宣说另外的法呢?谁又能作为众生的依止、扶持、归宿呢?』诸如此类许多引导说法的经文被诵受传授,用以令世尊说明法义。由此有弟子言:『证悟佛果的世尊在第八正觉年,是被梵天所请,为说法利益众生。』
Idāni ‘‘kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti imesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanāya okāso anuppatto. Tattha kadā vuttāti? Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttā. Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāmesā saṅgītikkhandhe (cūḷava. 437) vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kattha kena vuttāti? Bhagavati kira parinibbute rājagahanagare vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre vijitasabbasattunā ajātasattunā magadhamahārājena dhammasaṅgāyanatthaṃ kārite paripuṇṇacandamaṇḍalasaṅkāse daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍe maṇḍape dhammāsanagatenāyasmatā ānandattherena ‘‘brahmā ca lokādhipatī’’ti ayaṃ gāthā vuttāti veditabbā. Ayamettha gāthāsambandho.
现在说“何时、何地、由谁所唱此偈?”这是为消解这些疑问的话题时机尚未到来。当问“何时说的?”是初次大结集时说的。所谓初次大结集,是指《小集》第437节说的第一次结集。问“何地、由谁说的?”这里是指世尊涅槃后,在王舍城、毗婆罗山侧,七十二洞窟入口处,由仁王阿阇世为结集法义集会所令成,在圆月聚会时,于法座殿堂由长老阿难主持。偈曰:“梵天亦是世间诸天之王”,此即是该偈的出处,示现了偈文缘起。
Ettāvatā –
至此为止——
‘‘Kadāyaṃ dhammadesanatthaṃ, ajjhiṭṭho brahmunā jino;
『何时为了宣说法,胜者应当由婆罗门授教?』
Kadā kattha ca kenāyaṃ, gāthā hi samudīritā’’ti. –
『何时、何处、由谁,以何故,诗偈因而被宣扬?』
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ iminā sambandhena vuttāya panassā anuttānapadavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma.
此偈亦是经文之意。依此关系既已陈说,我们今将做无上的段落说明。
Tattha brahmāti brūhito tehi tehi guṇavisesehīti brahmā. Ayaṃ pana brahma-saddo mahābrahmabrāhmaṇatathāgatamātāpituseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hi ‘‘dvisahasso brahmā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.166) mahābrahmāti adhippeto.
其中“婆罗门”一词,由多种多样的性质所扩展称呼为婆罗门。此“婆罗门”语亦见于大婆罗门、婆罗门、如来、父母、至上者诸处。实际上,在『二千大婆罗门』等文中,所谓大婆罗门即是尊贵之义。
‘‘Tamonudo buddho samantacakkhu, lokantagū sabbabhavātivatto;
『夜幕消散之觉者,周睹四方,遍知世间,超越一切著有生死者;
Anāsavo sabbadukkhappahīno, saccavhayo brahme upāsito me’’ti. (su. ni. 1139) –
除去烦恼,断尽诸苦,护持真谛,敬奉婆罗门之我』。
Ettha brāhmaṇo. ‘‘Brahmāti kho, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti ettha tathāgato. ‘‘Brahmāti mātāpitaro pubbācariyāti vuccare’’ti (a. ni. 3.31; 4.63; itivu. 106; jā. 2.20.181) ettha mātāpitaro. ‘‘Brahmacakkaṃ pavattetī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148; saṃ. ni. 2.21; a. ni. 4.8; 5.11; paṭi. ma. 2.44) ettha seṭṭho adhippeto. Idha pana paṭhamajjhānaṃ paṇītaṃ bhāvetvā paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ nibbatto kappāyuko mahābrahmā adhippeto (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.3). Ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, brahmā ca aññe ca dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu brahmāno cāti attho, padapūraṇamatto vā. Lokādhipatīti ettha lokoti saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsalokoti tayo lokā. Tesu idha sattaloko adhippeto. Tassa issaro adhipatīti lokādhipati, lokekadesassāpi adhipati lokādhipatīti vuccati devādhipati narādhipati viya.
此处谓婆罗门者。世尊告诸比库,此处“婆罗门”一词,谓如来所用之名称。如来言:“婆罗门者,即父母先行者。”又云:“婆罗门者,护持戒律者。”此见诸《增支部》、《中部》、《相应部》等经文。又谓‘‘父母先行者’’者,“行持梵行者”之意,见《中部》诸处。又谓“至高主宰者”,即第一禅获得圆满,入于第一禅地而寂灭之大梵天主宰。此中四音合流意,是“梵天”一词用以填充词意。所谓“世间主宰”者,此中“世间”者为五蕴世间、众生世间及三界世间。三界中以欲界人为主宰,有主宰者即为“世间主宰”之称。其主称为主宰,又称天主、人大主宰等。
Sahampatīti so kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane sahako nāma thero paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno jīvitapariyosāne paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ kappāyukamahābrahmā hutvā nibbatto, tatra pana naṃ ‘‘sahampati brahmā’’ti sañjānanti. ‘‘Sahakapatī’’ti vattabbe anussarāgamaṃ katvā ruḷhīvasena ‘‘sahampatī’’ti vadanti. Katañjalīti katañjaliko, añjalipuṭaṃ sirasi katvāti attho. Anadhivaranti accantavaro adhivaro nāssa atthīti anadhivaro, na tato adhiko varo atthīti vā anadhivaro, anuttaroti attho, taṃ anadhivaraṃ. Ayācathāti ayācittha ajjhesi.
“沙含巴迪”是说谁呢?乃是如来时代的长老沙迦波,在得第一禅后证入不坏禅,命终时于第一禅地得寂灭,成为寿命无限的大梵天。在那里众生称其为“沙含巴帝梵天”。又因其名字文义,后传诵时音变为“沙含巴迪”。“盖掌合掌”是其名号之释:谓身体双手合掌置于顶上之意。“无上主宰”谓他为无有更上者,没有他更尊贵的主宰,是最高的主宰。其“无上”,意即无比无上。至于“因求而来”是他未请而来到此地之意。
Idāni yassatthāya so bhagavantaṃ ayāci, tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘santīdha sattā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha santīti saṃvijjanti upalabbhanti, buddhacakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchantā atthīti attho. Idhāti ayaṃ desāpadese nipāto . Svāyaṃ katthaci sāsanaṃ upādāya vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139; dī. ni. 2.214; a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci okāsaṃ, yathāha –
今者为此义,供奉世尊故而请求世尊,特为说明“圣众此在”之义。于此“圣众”者,为那些于佛眼见内证得圣凡智者之意。此“此处”谓此地此方佛法境地。于此,独立处某处中,称为“在某处奉持法门”。如经所言:诸比库,此处第一比库,第二比库,第三比库,第四比库,以及空域对他僧伽无欺诳。
‘‘Idheva tiṭṭhamānassa, devabhūtassa me sato;
“此地屹立之,天来众,吾为护持;
Punarāyu ca me laddho, evaṃ jānāhi mārisā’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.369) –
寿命常在,尔等摩厉勿忘。”此语见于《增支部》。
Katthaci padapūraṇamattameva hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito’’ti (ma. ni. 1.30). Katthaci lokaṃ upādāya, yathāha – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppajjati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāyā’’ti (a. ni. 1.170). Idhāpi lokameva upādāya vuttoti veditabbo. Tasmā imasmiṃ sattaloketi attho. Sattāti rūpādīsu khandhesu chandarāgena sattā visattā āsattā laggā lagitāti sattā, sattāti pāṇino vuccanti. Ruḷhīsaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattatiyeva.
有时仅为填充语句。譬如:“我于此处,诸比库,食毕安卧起立。”又譬如“如来于世界现起,为诸多众利益与安乐。”此“此地”即以世界为依托而言。故此“七界”之义,即以色等诸蕴为众生诸贪嗔痴处,有苦、有乐、有不苦不乐者,谓之“有情”。“有情”亦称“有”者为有生命行住坐卧之者,即俗称众生。以“合掌”音取为“入静”,意谓色身虽有欲但无法得染污之净净心境状态。
Apparajakkhajātikāti paññāmaye akkhimhi appaṃ parittaṃ rāgadosamoharajaṃ etesaṃ evaṃsabhāvā ca teti apparajakkhajātikā, appaṃ rāgādirajameva vā yesaṃ te apparajakkhā, te apparajakkhasabhāvā apparajakkhajātikāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tesaṃ apparajakkhajātikānaṃ. ‘‘Sattāna’’nti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā – ‘‘desehi dhamma’’nti iminā sambandhaṃ katvā attho daṭṭhabbo. Desehīti āyācanavacanametaṃ, desehi kathehi upadisāti attho. Dhammanti ettha ayaṃ dhamma-saddo pariyattisamādhipaññāpakatisabhāvasuññatāpuññaāpattiñeyyacatusaccadhammādīsu dissati. Tathā hi – ‘‘idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ…pe… vedalla’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.239; a. ni. 4.102) pariyattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto ahesu’’ntiādīsu samādhimhi.
所谓不起护生类,是指由智慧构成的眼中,微微没有保护,因为贪、嗔、痴、渴爱等如瘟疫一般地存在,这些性质本身就是不起护生的。又所谓不起护生的是,那些贪嗔等污秽极少的,便是不起护生者;那不起护生的性质以及不起护生的种类,意即此处所指之义。对于这些不起护生种类中的“有情”,必须依其分别变化,继而关联于“境界法”,以见其意义。境界者,是恳请之语,即意指“在境中”是止息的义理。此处所说的“法”,是指法的名称,在讲述学问时产生的相对性质、无自性,以及应当造福功德与四真谛法等诸义理中皆显现。正如经中所说,“此处比库应具足对法的弘扬,无论经文、歌颂、说明……详尽传授”,是指出学解之意。又如“如是法,世尊曾以之成就”诸句,于三昧中能证此义。
‘‘Yassete caturo dhammā, vānarinda yathā tava;
“若得此四法,如同王子护卫;
Saccaṃ dhammo dhiti cāgo, diṭṭhaṃ so ativattatī’’ti. –
真法坚固如大地,显现超越有过。”
Ādīsu (jā. 1.2.147) paññāya. ‘‘Jātidhammā jarādhammā, atho maraṇadhammino’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.39) pakatiyaṃ. ‘‘Kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā) sabhāve. ‘‘Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye dhammā honti khandhā hontī’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 121) suññatāyaṃ. ‘‘Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahātī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 184; theragā. 303; jā. 1.10.102; 1.15.385) puññe. ‘‘Dve aniyatā dhammā’’tiādīsu āpattiyaṃ. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā sabbākārena buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85) ñeyye. ‘‘Diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.299; mahāva. 27, 57) catusaccadhamme. Idhāpi catusaccadhamme daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; dha. sa. aṭṭha. cittuppādakaṇḍa 1). Anukampāti anukampaṃ anuddayaṃ karohi. Imanti pajaṃ niddisanto āha. Pajanti pajātattā pajā, taṃ pajaṃ, sattanikāyaṃ saṃsāradukkhato mocehīti adhippāyo. Keci pana –
初诸法中,(依《相应部》)诸法有生之法、有老病之法、有死之法。(依《增支部》)诸法有善法、不善法、不确定法等性质。(依《法集论赞》)诸法本性如此。(依《法句经》)“此时诸法即蕴,诸蕴亦为法”,为表空性。(依《修行随念经》及长老颂诗、相应部)说法能带来善果。(依《法集论》)“二不定法”为罪过。(依《大品经》等文献)“一切法从佛陀智慧之门迎来破坏之道”为应知义。(依《大毗奈耶》、《大本毗奈耶》)“见法、得法、知法”皆与四圣谛法有关。这里照例也可以观察四圣谛法出处。(《增支部》某经节及《法句经》章节)慈悲即生起悲悯之心。现成父母称说人间(众生),即“众生者”,此众生因轮回之苦当得解脱,皆列为教义宗旨。然而仍有人谓——
‘‘Bhagavāti lokādhipatī naruttamo,
“佛者,世间至尊人,
Katañjalī brahmagaṇehi yācito’’ti. –
双手合十,向婆罗门众乞求。”
Paṭhanti. Ettāvatā sabbaso ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
『阅读』者,此诗句完全是对原文所说内容的阐释。
Atha bhagavato taṃ brahmuno sahampatissa āyācanavacanaṃ sutvā aparimitasamayasamuditakaruṇābalassa dasabalassa parahitakaraṇanipuṇamaticārassa sabbasattesu okāsakaraṇamattena mahākaruṇā udapādi. Taṃ pana bhagavato karuṇuppattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikāle saṅgītikārakehi –
当时世尊闻知那婆摩努·萨罕摩帕帝萨的祈请言辞,凭借无量寿命充盈的悲悯力、十种力量、为众生利益的娴熟思维智慧,生起了广大悲悯之心。对此世尊之悲悯生起的呈现,在吟唱之时由吟唱者以歌声宣说——
§2
2.
‘‘Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino;
“具足智慧清净行为者的盟约,担持尊敬身心清净;
Tathāgatassappaṭipuggalassa, uppajji kāruññatā sabbasatte’’ti. –
如来说者的身心,因而生起了遍于一切众生的悲悯。”
Ayaṃ gāthā ṭhapitā.
此诗句已被确立。
Tattha sampannavijjācaraṇassāti sampannaṃ nāma tividhaṃ paripuṇṇasamaṅgimadhuravasena. Tattha –
其中“具足智慧清净行为者”意谓具足三种完备:圆满均衡且清新悦耳。此处乃说明——
‘‘Sampannaṃ sālikedāraṃ, suvā bhuñjanti kosiya;
“有成就的厨师,及诸乐食者愉悦地享用库舍食物;
Paṭivedemi te brahme, na naṃ vāretumussahe’’ti. (jā. 1.14.1) –
我告诉你们这些于梵天,不可能加以阻止。”(生经 1.14.1)——
Idaṃ paripuṇṇasampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato sampanno samannāgato’’ti (vibha. 511) idaṃ samaṅgisampannaṃ nāma. ‘‘Imissā, bhante, mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatalaṃ sampannaṃ, seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ, evamassāda’’nti (pārā. 18) idaṃ madhurasampannaṃ nāma. Idha paripuṇṇasampannampi samaṅgisampannampi yujjati (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.64). Vijjāti paṭipakkhadhamme vijjhanaṭṭhena viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vinditabbaṭṭhena ca vijjā. Tā pana tissopi vijjā aṭṭhapi vijjā. Tisso vijjā bhayabheravasutte (ma. ni. 1.50 ādayo) āgatanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha ambaṭṭhasutte (dī. ni. 1.278 ādayo). Tatra hi vipassanāñāṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā. Caraṇanti sīlasaṃvaro indriyesu guttadvāratā bhojane mattaññutā jāgariyānuyogo saddhā hirī ottappaṃ bāhusaccaṃ āraddhavīriyatā upaṭṭhitassatitā paññāsampannatā cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānānīti ime pannarasa dhammā veditabbā. Imeyeva hi pannarasa dhammā yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā ‘‘caraṇa’’nti vuttā. Yathāha – ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako sīlavā hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.24) sabbaṃ majjhimapaṇṇāsake vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vijjā ca caraṇañca vijjācaraṇāni, sampannāni paripuṇṇāni vijjācaraṇāni yassa soyaṃ sampannavijjācaraṇo, vijjācaraṇehi sampanno samaṅgībhūto, samannāgatoti vā sampannavijjācaraṇo. Ubhayathāpi attho yujjateva, tassa sampannavijjācaraṇassa (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā).
此谓圆满成就。所谓“持守戒律者,系于戒律,亲近戒律,临近戒律,现已具足戒律”,此名合和成就。又谓“世尊,此处为广大平坦之地,如蜂蜜般甘美无杂质,亦是如是”,此名甜美成就。此处圆满成就与合和成就互相联合。(大本尼柯耶 1.64)智慧则指对相对法的分辨,以见地处并以辨别处而应当知见的智慧。但提婆达多所说智慧有八种(大本尼柯耶 1.50 起头),如《八识经》(长部尼柯耶 1.278 起头)所述,当以内观智慧及心念变化乃至获得神通八种智慧而言。所行者具戒律的摄受、修制六根欲门、饮食节制、勤作警觉、信心、羞耻、廉耻、多闻及发奋精进,如实具足五种智慧、四种禅那彼岸法,诸如此十五法当知。正因以此十五法作为自身行为,圣弟子得行于不死之境界,故称之为“行”。如言“世尊,有名者为圣弟子时,具戒行。”(大本尼柯耶 2.24)此乃中藏部50经所载应知法义。智慧与所行为智慧所行者俱皆圆满成就,智慧与所行相依而有,故谓智慧所行者为具成就者,或谓与智慧所行为圆满具足成就者。二者意义相连,谓其为具成就智慧所行者。(大本尼释义八 1.1 释义卷)
Tādinoti ‘‘iṭṭhepi tādī aniṭṭhepi tādī’’tiādinā nayena mahāniddese (mahāni. 38, 192) āgatatādilakkhaṇena tādino, iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu avikārassa tādisassāti attho. Jutindharassāti jutimato, yugandhare saradasamaye samuditadivasakarātirekatarasassirikasarīrajutivisaradharassāti attho. ‘‘Paññāpajjotadharassā’’ti vā vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“此类”(Tādino)之义,乃由“善恶亦如是”等词体而引,乃其本义。谓在善恶诸门无有变异之类。复“Jutindhara”为明亮者,尤指秋分时节,天空澄澈光明,日月辉煌,气候凉爽,光明明朗,故说此义。又可释作“智慧之光明持有者”。注释可见。
‘‘Cattāro loke pajjotā, pañcamettha na vijjati;
“世间四光明,皆不复有第五;白昼照耀太阳,夜晚辉映明月。”
Divā tapati ādicco, rattimābhāti candimā.
(此句为引文,解释世间四种光明,指白昼的太阳光与夜晚的月光。)
‘‘Atha aggi divārattiṃ, tattha tattha pabhāsati;
于是火于夜深处,处处闪耀明亮;
Sambuddho tapataṃ seṭṭho, esā ābhā anuttarā’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.26, 85);
正觉者是至高火,焰光无上辉煌。」(相应部·尼柰篇 1.26, 85);
Tasmā ubhayathāpi sarīrapaññājutivisaradharassāti attho. Antimadehadhārinoti sabbapacchimasarīradhārino, apunabbhavassāti attho.
故此,‘身智慧火之光芒满布’之意。‘最终肉身持有者’,谓持有一切终末肉身者。‘无复生者’之意。
Tathāgatassāti ettha aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Tathā āgatoti tathāgato, tathā gatoti tathāgato, tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato, tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato, tathadassitāya tathāgato, tathavāditāya tathāgato, tathākāritāya tathāgato, abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgatoti.
关于‘如来’,此名因八缘故,世尊称为『如来』。八者为何?谓如实来者为如来,如实去者为如来,具如来相者为如来,如实觉悟法者为如来,如实见者为如来,如实说者为如来,如实作者为如来,具足通达者为如来。
Kathaṃ bhagavā tathā āgatoti tathāgato? Yathā yena abhinīhārena dānapāramiṃ pūretvā sīlanekkhammapaññāvīriyakhantisaccaadhiṭṭhānamettupekkhāpāramiṃ pūretvā imā dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā aṅgapariccāgaṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ dhanarajjaputtadārapariccāganti ime pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajitvā yathā vipassiādayo sammāsambuddhā āgatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā āgatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
云何世尊为如实来者即如来?譬如以精进禁戒等道业,充满十波罗蜜、十随波罗蜜、究竟波罗蜜,断除部分、断除生命、断除财富、断除儿子、断除财产五大牺牲,舍弃后,譬如正觉者毗婆舍那等已来完全到达,我等世尊亦如是如实来者为如来。复如是言:
‘‘Yatheva lokamhi vipassiādayo, sabbaññubhāvaṃ munayo idhāgatā;
「犹如毗婆舍那等圣人,如实显现于世;
Tathā ayaṃ sakyamunīpi āgato, tathāgato vuccati tena cakkhumā’’ti.
如是,此世尊释迦牟尼亦如是来临,故名为如来,称其为‘具足智慧者’。
Kathaṃ tathā gatoti tathāgato? Yathā sampatijātā vipassiādayo samehi pādehi pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya uttarābhimukhā sattapadavītihārena gatā, tathā amhākampi bhagavā gatoti tathāgato. Yathāha –
何以谓如来?如先知毗婆尸等以稳健的双足立于大地,面向正北,稳步坚定踏出七步,如是我们世尊亦称为‘如来’。譬如说——
‘‘Muhuttajātova gavampatī yathā, samehi pādehi phusī vasundharaṃ;
‘‘犹如刚出生的小牛犊,稳健的脚触地母亲大地;
So vikkamī sattapadāni gotamo, setañca chattaṃ anudhārayuṃ marū.
释迦族的世尊步履稳健,白色宝盖如同撑起遮挡烈风的伞盖。
‘‘Gantvāna so sattapadāni gotamo, disā vilokesi samā samantato;
释迦如是踏出七步,环视四方,平视四周;
Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ giramabbhudīrayī, sīho yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito’’ti.
如同狮子穷山极顶,立于峻岭之巅。”
Kathaṃ tathalakkhaṇaṃ āgatoti tathāgato? Sabbesaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca tathaṃ avitathaṃ ñāṇagatiyā āgato avirajjhitvā patto anubuddhoti tathāgato.
如来如何说‘真相已至’?诸色无色法之总相,以及共相,皆如实无误。凭智慧清净而至,未曾退失,达至圆满觉悟者,称为如来。
‘‘Sabbesaṃ pana dhammānaṃ, sakasāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ;
‘诸法之中,共相是根本共相,
Tathamevāgato yasmā, tasmā satthā tathāgato’’ti.
正因如此,如来得以至此,故师号为如来。’
Kathaṃ tathadhamme yāthāvato abhisambuddhoti tathāgato? Tathadhammā nāma cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāni avitathāni anaññathāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idaṃ dukkha’nti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Tāni ca bhagavā abhisambuddho, tasmā tathānaṃ abhisambuddhattā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. Abhisambuddhattho hi ettha gatasaddo.
如来如何真实证得正法?正法者即四圣谛。如经云:‘比库,四谛如是而无他,何四?谓苦圣谛,如是苦无他;’详解尽述。世尊正觉于此,故谓证知此集灭道四谛者为如来。此处‘正觉’即得正觉之义。
‘‘Tathanāmāni saccāni, abhisambujjhi nāyako;
‘此名真谛,觉者领悟;
Tasmā tathānaṃ saccānaṃ, sambuddhattā tathāgato’’.
是故于此真谛之觉悟,称为如来。’
Kathaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ cakkhusotaghāṇajivhākāyamanodvāresu āpāthaṃ āgacchantaṃ rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbadhammārammaṇaṃ tathāgato sabbākārato jānāti passatīti, evaṃ tathadassitāya tathāgato. Atha vā yaṃ loke tathaṃ, taṃ lokassa tatheva dasseti. Tatopi bhagavā tathāgato. Ettha tathadassiatthe ‘‘tathāgato’’ti padasambhavo veditabbo.
如来是如何具有如实观察能力的呢?世尊在无限众多世界界和无量众生的眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六根的感官门户中,面对各种色、声、香、味、触、法的境界,如来了知一切形态,清晰洞见,正因如此而称为如来。又或者,如世间所真实存在的事物,世尊如来即如实展示这些世间。因此,世尊如来应当从此处理解为「如实观察者」一词的由来。
‘‘Tathākārena yo dhamme, jānāti anupassati;
「如法之行者,知之且观察;」
Tathadassīti sambuddho, tasmā vutto tathāgato’’.
「如实观察者即觉者,因此被称为如来。」
Kathaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato? Yañca abhisambodhiyā parinibbānassa ca antare pañcacattālīsavassaparimāṇakāle suttādinavaṅgasaṅgahitaṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena, sabbaṃ taṃ ekatulāya tulitaṃ viya tathameva avitathameva hoti. Tenevāha –
如来说法如何合乎真实?在世尊成道到入灭这四十五年之间,所有的经藏文义皆由如来所说、所讲、所证,皆如同一杆秤上的砝码,完全真实无误,不虚假。因此说:
‘‘Yañca, cunda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, yaṃ etasmiṃ antare bhāsati lapati niddisati, sabbaṃ taṃ tatheva hoti, no aññathā. Tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti.
「宾多纳,世尊在每夜证得无上正觉,在每夜以无着灭谛入灭,如在此期间所说、所宣说的,皆真实无异,并无他法。故称为『如来』。」
Ettha pana gadaattho hi gatasaddo. Evaṃ tathavāditāya tathāgato. Āgadanaṃ āgado, vacananti attho. Tatho aviparīto āgado assāti tathāgato. Da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā vutto.
此处『言语』之义即『到了』『来临』。言语即义。如此说来,如来即是不相反的到来。把da字母改为ta字母而成此词。」
‘‘Tathāvādī jino yasmā, tathadhammappakāsako;
『如是说者』,胜者者,乃『如法彰显者』也;
Tathāmāgadanañcassa, tasmā buddho tathāgato’’.
又『如实谛受者』,由此故称佛为『如来』。
Kathaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato? Bhagavā hi yaṃ yaṃ vācaṃ abhāsi, taṃ taṃ eva kāyena karoti, vācāya kāyo anulometi, kāyassapi vācā. Tenevāha –
如何是如实所作的如来?世尊所说一切言语,皆以身作相应,身随语行,身与语相应。因此说:
‘‘Yathā vādī, bhikkhave, tathāgato tathā kārī, yathā kārī tathā vādī…pe… tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.23; cūḷani. posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
『比库,如来说者,如行者,如行者如说者,如说者如行者...如是故号为“如来”』。(摘自《小尼犍提婆问经义疏》第八十三)
Yathā ca vācā gatā, kāyopi tathā gato, yathā kāyo gato, vācāpi tathā gatā. Evaṃ tathākāritāya tathāgato.
言语既行,则身亦如行;身既作行,则语亦如行。以此如实所作,如来如是。
‘‘Yathā vācā gatā tassa, tathā kāyo gato yato;
『言语既去,其身亦去,即由此身去;』
Tathāvāditāya sambuddho, satthā tasmā tathāgato’’.
世尊释义如此,因此称为如来。
Kathaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato? Upari bhavaggaṃ heṭṭhā avīciṃ pariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu sabbasatte abhibhavati sīlenapi samādhināpi paññāyapi vimuttiyāpi vimuttiñāṇadassanenapi, na tassa tulā vā pamāṇaṃ vā atthi, atha kho atulo appameyyo anuttaro. Tenevāha –
怎样以统摄一切的无上权能成为如来?他在上方诸天界,下至无底地狱,将广大无量的各种世界领域悉数统摄。以其戒律、禅定、智慧和解脱,以及通过解脱知见的实现,世尊毫无可比拟之等量或尺度,甚且无可比拟之极致无上。正如所说——
‘‘Sadevake, bhikkhave, loke…pe… tathāgato abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthu daso vasavattī, tasmā ‘tathāgato’ti vuccatī’’ti (a. ni. 1.23; posālamāṇavapucchāniddesa 83).
『徒众比库,世间诸天中,如来的统治无所不包无所不摄,前所未有,十方诸天皆被其统辖,因此称为“如来”』。(引自《增支部》1.23;《婆沙罗摩跋提问》83)
Tatrevaṃ padasiddhi veditabbā – agado viya agado. Ko panesa? Desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mahānubhāvo bhisakko dibbāgadena sappe viya sabbaparappavādino sadevakañca lokaṃ abhibhavati, iti sabbalokābhibhavanato aviparīto desanāvilāso ceva puññussayo ca agado assāti da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti veditabbo. Evaṃ abhibhavanaṭṭhena tathāgato.
须知道此“如来”之词具备真实意义,如同解药一般解脱烦恼。何以故?乃因法义宣说的莹烁光辉,以及功德的积集。由于此大尊贵者,天上神明所尊敬,诸方外道皆为其所服,且统摄一切世间,无有厌舍。综观众生及世间一切的总摄,宣说法义的光明不可逆转,功德积集无有间断,如同解药之效,遂得“如来”之称。如此以统摄遍及一切,谓之如来。
‘‘Tatho aviparīto ca, agado yassa satthuno;
『由此亦知,如来的宣示无有逆转,解脱如药有效;
Vasavattīti so tena, hoti satthā tathāgato’’.
恒常而有权能者,即为世尊如来。』
Appaṭipuggalassāti paṭipuggalavirahitassa, añño koci ‘‘ahaṃ buddho’’ti evaṃ paṭiññaṃ dātuṃ samattho nāmassa puggalo, natthīti appaṭipuggalo, tassa appaṭipuggalassa. Uppajjīti uppanno udapādi. Kāruññatāti karuṇāya bhāvo kāruññatā. Sabbasatteti niravasesasattapariyādānavacanaṃ, sakale sattanikāyeti attho. Ettāvatā ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
『无行者』指的是无所行持的人,那些不能兑现“我是佛陀”这种自证明的个体叫做他人,此时不存在能承担该自我肯定的个体,这称为『无行者』,为该无行者的无行者。『生起』意谓生出、发生。『悲心』为慈悲之心,『慈悲』即充满悲悯之心。『一切众生』意指毫无遗漏的所有众生,含义为众生全体。这样,这首偈语的含义便成立。
Atha bhagavā brahmunā dhammadesanatthāya āyācito sattesu kāruññataṃ uppādetvā dhammaṃ desetukāmo mahābrahmānaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
于是世尊被梵天所请,为了宣说法义而发起悲悯,欲广演佛法,梵天以偈语庄严地宣说:
‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā, ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;
“不被关闭的无上不灭之门,愿有信者皆能解脱;
Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ, dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti. (ma. ni. 1.283; dī. ni. 2.71; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9);
不怀杀念者不谈劣语,于人于梵宣说正法。”(引自『大念处经』第1卷283页;『长部注』第2卷71页;『增支部注』第1卷172页;『大本经集』第9卷)
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti ñatvā dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā brahmagaṇaparivuto pakkāmi. Atha satthā tassa brahmuno paṭiññaṃ datvā – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.283; mahāva. 10) cintento – ‘‘āḷāro paṇḍito so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippaṃ ājānissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā puna olokento tassa sattāhaṃ kālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā udakassa ca abhidosakālaṅkatabhāvaṃ ñatvā puna – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti pañcavaggiye āvajjento ‘‘bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye’’ti ñatvā āsāḷhiyaṃ pabhātāya rattiyā kālasseva pattacīvaramādāya aṭṭhārasayojanikaṃ maggaṃ paṭipanno antarāmagge upakaṃ nāma ājīvakaṃ disvā tassa attano buddhabhāvamāvikatvā taṃdivasameva sāyanhasamaye isipatanamagamāsi. Tattha pañcavaggiyānaṃ attano buddhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā paññattavarabuddhāsanagato pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantetvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13 ādayo; paṭi. ma. 2.30) desesi.
当时,梵天娑婆毗知道“世尊何时会说法呢?”便怀着庄严的祈愿,双手合掌顶礼,敬礼世尊后绕行,并结伴众梵天环绕而去。紧接着佛陀对梵天作出应允,心中默念“我将首度宣法,其人必然是我弟子阿拉汉,将迅速领悟此法”,又反复观察,当时五部比库正安住在何处,记得是在巴拉那西的仙人堕处(伊犁园)及鹿野苑(鹿野苑),清晨时携带袈裟,踏上十八由旬的道路前往,也遇见一名名叫犹伽维迦的乞食人,因不宜显露佛陀身份,当天傍晚才至仙人堕处。在此,世尊向五部比库显现自身佛陀身份,坐于修订后之福德坛前,召集五部比库,宣讲转法轮经。
Tesu aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā suttapariyosāne aṭṭhārasahi brahmakoṭīhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Satthā tattheva vassaṃ upagantvā punadivase vappattheraṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpesi. Eteneva upāyena sabbe te sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā puna pañcamiyaṃ pakkhassa pañcapi te there sannipātetvā anattalakkhaṇasuttantaṃ (saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20 ādayo) desesi, desanāpariyosāne pañcapi therā arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu.
其中另一长老叫作阿耆尼多那,依序宣说佛法,令诸多长老乃至十八万亿梵众协同,安住于斯达婆提果,世尊当季雨安居期间再赴,次日为瓦婆长老证得斯达婆提果。以此方便,使全体弟子皆得斯达婆提果;后来暑季后,五位长老再次聚集,宣说无我经,结束此经后五位长老均证阿拉汉果。
Atha satthā tattheva yasassa kulaputtassa upanissayaṃ disvā gehaṃ pahāya nikkhantaṃ disvā – ‘‘ehi yasā’’ti (mahāva. 26) pakkositvā tasmiññeva rattibhāge sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpetvā punadivase arahatte ca patiṭṭhāpetvā aparepi tassa sahāyake catupaṇṇāsajane ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāpesi. Evaṃ loke ekasaṭṭhiyā arahantesu jātesu satthā vuṭṭhavasso pavāretvā bhikkhū āmantetvā etadavoca –
于是世尊于彼时见得出身显赫之王子儿子托依,舍宅而出外行走,见之即言「来吧,托依」,促使其于同一夜半,成就斯陀含果,立定身心;翌日进于阿拉汉果亦成就,并于其余四十余人同伴,令比库发出出家心,届六十有一阿拉汉之间,世尊展转开示,召集比库,语之曰:
‘‘Paratthaṃ cattano atthaṃ, karontā pathaviṃ imaṃ;
「地平四方,尔等勤行,遍行这大地;
Byāharantā manussānaṃ, dhammaṃ caratha bhikkhavo.
传播人众之间,诸比库应行行持法义;
‘‘Viharatha vivittesu, pabbatesu vanesu ca;
宜于幽寂之间,山林隐处安住,
Pakāsayantā saddhammaṃ, lokassa satataṃ mama.
示现清净正法,我之常光普照世间;
‘‘Karontā dhammadūteyyaṃ, vikhyāpayatha bhikkhavo;
尔等为法使者,宜当广广宣流,诸比库皆应弘扬。」
Santi atthāya sattānaṃ, subbatā vacanaṃ mama.
为众生利益,诸善言语乃为我所作。
‘‘Sabbaṃ pidahatha dvāraṃ, apāyānamanāsavā;
当悉数关闭一切门扉,断绝通向地狱的不净之流;
Saggamokkhassa maggassa, dvāraṃ vivarathāsamā.
令天界与解脱之道的门户无碍畅通无阻。
‘‘Desanāpaṭipattīhi, karuṇādiguṇālayā;
以开示与修行,充满慈悲等诸功德为本;
Buddhiṃ saddhañca lokassa, abhivaḍḍhetha sabbaso.
愿智慧与信心在世间广增不减。
‘‘Gihīnamupakarontānaṃ, niccamāmisadānato;
对侍奉在家者者,常当施以恩惠与财物。
Karotha dhammadānena, tesaṃ paccūpakārakaṃ.
应以布施法施行,为众生增益帮助。
‘‘Samussayatha saddhammaṃ, desayantā isiddhajaṃ;
『当集会称颂正法者,宣说由实得之教义;
Katakattabbakammantā, paratthaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti.
当勤行应作之业,远离他方修行止住。』
Evañca pana vatvā bhagavā te bhikkhū disāsu vissajjetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge kappāsikavanasaṇḍe tiṃsa bhaddavaggiyakumāre vinesi. Tesu yo sabbapacchimako, so sotāpanno, sabbaseṭṭho anāgāmī, ekopi arahā vā puthujjano vā nāhosi. Tepi sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbājetvā disāsu pesetvā sayaṃ uruvelaṃ gantvā aḍḍhuḍḍhāni pāṭihāriyasahassāni dassetvā uruvelakassapādayo sahassajaṭilaparivāre tebhātikajaṭile dametvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbājetvā gayāsīse nisīdāpetvā ādittapariyāyadesanāya (saṃ. ni. 4.28; mahāva. 54) arahatte patiṭṭhāpetvā tena arahantasahassena bhagavā parivuto ‘‘bimbisārassa rañño paṭiññaṃ mocessāmī’’ti rājagahanagarūpacāre laṭṭhivanuyyānaṃ nāma agamāsi. Tato uyyānapālako rañño ārocesi. Rājā – ‘‘satthā āgato’’ti sutvā dvādasanahutehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto dasabalaṃ ghanavivaragatamiva divasakaraṃ vanavivaragataṃ munivaradivasakaraṃ upasaṅkamitvā cakkālaṅkatatalesu jalajāmalāvikalakamalakomalesu dasabalassa pādesu makuṭamaṇijutivisaravijjotinā sirasā nipatitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi saddhiṃ parisāya.
世尊如此教说毕,那时诸比库放下四方,亲自离开乌鲁韦拉,行至安塔拉摩迦,即岩中村落之林间,住在三十名诸善品阶少年中。于其中居于极西之者,为得初果者,且为最上者,无一是阿拉汉或外道。是诸比库,皆由此处受具比库戒,分散于四方后,亲自往乌鲁韦拉,展现千种不可思议神通,凭乌鲁韦拉长老足下,驾驭千根长发,与三位长老头发相缠束,住持为比库子弟,并在伽耶席地默坐,为烧尽界终结敷演法教(参见增支部4.28;大毗婆沙54),安立于阿拉汉果位。彼时世尊周围环绕众阿拉汉千人,于罗迦诃城中示现「欲使王者犹如解脱之人」而来之迹象。园林守护者闻之,复报王曰:王听闻「师至」后,十二日间与十二位婆罗门与居士环绕,十神力如厚云遮蔽天日,如野林避暑,僧侣瑞相璨然如仙人日光,赞叹师之尊荣,顶戴宝冠宝珠明映,俯首前往一隅,与众僧同坐。
Atha kho tesaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ cetoparivitakkamaññāya theraṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
诸婆罗门及居士心生疑问:「这位大沙门为什么在乌鲁韦拉长老处修习梵行呢?究竟乌鲁韦拉长老是这位大沙门吗?」令诸疑念生起。于是世尊察觉众人心念变化,以长老之偈作答,开示说:
‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno;
『亲见乌鲁韦拉居民,离弃火如毒之心;
Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa etamatthaṃ, kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihutta’’nti. (mahāva. 55);
我问迦旃延尊者,此意何故?为何你的火炬已熄灭?
Thero bhagavato adhippāyaṃ viditvā –
长老因了知世尊此意,
‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca, kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;
曰:『色声味及触诸欲因,均被称为祭献之物;
Etaṃ malantī upadhīsu ñatvā, tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji’’nti. (mahāva. 55) –
此种因缘污染于烦恼之著,故非宜令之增长或存留。』
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā attano sāvakabhāvappakāsanatthaṃ tathāgatassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti vatvā ekatāladvitāla…pe… sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ sattakkhattuṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā ākāsato oruyha bhagavantaṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
说此偈语,为显明自己弟子身份,顶礼如来足下而俯首低头,复称:「世尊,我即是弟子。」遂发出合掌手掌,七十七次作伟大神变,腾空而起,顶礼世尊后,独自坐于一处。
Atha kho mahājano tassa taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā – ‘‘aho mahānubhāvā buddhā nāma, evaṃ thāmagatadiṭṭhiko attānaṃ ‘arahā aha’nti maññamāno uruvelakassapopi diṭṭhijālaṃ bhinditvā tathāgatena damito’’ti dasabalassa guṇakathaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā satthā – ‘‘nāhamidāniyeva imaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ damemi, atītepi esa mayā damitoyevā’’ti āha. Atha kho so mahājano uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā sirasi añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamāha – ‘‘bhante, idāni amhehi esa damito diṭṭho, kathaṃ panesa atīte bhagavatā damito’’ti. Tato satthā tena mahājanena yācito bhavantarena paṭicchannaṃ mahānāradakassapajātakaṃ (jā. 2.22.1153) kathetvā cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsesi. Tato satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā rājā bimbisāro ekādasanahutehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi. Rājā saraṇaṃ gantvā svātanāya bhagavantaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena nimantetvā bhagavantaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
时有大德见此大神变,叹曰:『佛之大人啊!此人明了Hinayana之见,却破除自我“我即是阿拉汉”之见,犹如乌波梨迦尊者断迷由钩,亦被如来所降服。』于是赞叹其十种巨大功德。世尊闻此,其言曰:『我非仅今降伏此乌波梨迦尊者,以前亦曾降伏之。』后此大德起立顶礼佛陀,合掌称曰:「世尊!今我见此人已为降服,昔日世尊如何降服彼者?」世尊应其请,秘密述说由佛子大那逻陀迦婆陀本生故事,乃至阐明四圣谛。听闻佛陀法语,宾比萨罗王于十一天后与众弟子同证初果流果,十一人皈依成为居士。王皈依于世尊,随喜自愿,与比库僧团同行,绕佛三匝顶礼而去。
Punadivase bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivuto marugaṇaparivuto viya dasasatanayano devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivuto viya mahābrahmā rājagahaṃ pāvisi. Rājā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dānaṃ datvā bhojanapariyosāne bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tīṇi ratanāni vinā vasituṃ na sakkhissāmi, velāya vā avelāya vā bhagavato santikaṃ āgamissāmi, laṭṭhivanaṃ nāma atidūre, idaṃ pana amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ pavivekakāmānaṃ nātidūraṃ naccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ nijjanasambādhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ chāyūdakasampannaṃ sītalasilātalasamalaṅkataṃ paramaramaṇīyabhūmibhāgaṃ surabhikusumataruvaranirantaraṃ ramaṇīyapāsādahammiyavimānavihāraḍḍhuyogamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Idaṃ me, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu navatapanaṅgārasaṅkāsena suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena surabhikusumavāsitaṃ maṇivaṇṇaudakaṃ gahetvā veḷuvanārāmaṃ pariccajanto dasabalassa hatthe udakaṃ pātesi. Tasmiṃ ārāmapaṭiggahaṇe ‘‘buddhasāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇānī’’ti pītivasaṃ gatā naccantī viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī kampi. Jambudīpe pana ṭhapetvā veḷuvanamahāvihāraṃ aññaṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā gahitasenāsanaṃ nāma natthi. Atha satthā veḷuvanārāmaṃ paṭiggahetvā rañño vihāradānānumodanamakāsi –
又一日,世尊周围有千名比库及众多天鹿围绕,如同十目天王周围众天和大梵天众环绕一样,进入王舍城。王在向佛陀所率比库僧团供养食物完毕时说道:「世尊啊,我不能离开三宝独自生活,不论合时或不合时,我都要前往佛陀所处。名为竹林的地方距离甚远,而此处乃是我们的芒草林园,适合渴望安静之人,距离跳舞盛会地点不远,来往皆便利,具有清凉阴翳与水源,凉爽泥土清净无瑕,乃至于顶级的怡人之地,芳香鲜花繁茂树木环绕,具有华美宫殿、僧舍、讲堂、灯火和佛像装饰。世尊啊,愿您接受此地,宛如新灿的金光火焰,沐浴在芳香花瓣和宝石般美水之中,舍弃竹林园,前往芒草林园。在接受此园之际,欢喜如同跳舞,一时大地震动。置于南瞻部洲的芒草林大寺,毋须使其他土地震动,且无可比拟的居所。此后,世尊接受了芒草林园,并向国王允诺了寺院赠与的赞许。」
‘‘Āvāsadānassa panānisaṃsaṃ, ko nāma vattuṃ, puriso samattho;
「舍宅赠与有何条件,谁人能胜任此事?
Aññatra buddhā pana lokanāthā, yutto mukhānaṃ nahutena cāpi.
唯独佛及众世尊,能够驾驭众生心意。
‘‘Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca, varaṃ pasatthaṃ paṭibhānameva;
寿命、容貌、快乐、力量、恩泽,皆当观其真实表现;
Dadāti nāmāti pavuccate so, yo deti saṅghassa naro vihāraṃ.
名与实迹如实称赞,能施舍比库僧众住处者为善人。
‘‘Dātā nivāsassa nivāraṇassa, sītādino jīvitupaddavassa;
施主为住处障碍及寒暑挫折生命累赘提供防护,
Pāleti āyuṃ pana tassa yasmā, āyuppado hoti tamāhu santo.
他的寿命被保护,因为他拥有寿命的性质,贤者称之为寿命的出处。
‘‘Accuṇhasīte vasato nivāse, balañca vaṇṇo paṭibhā na hoti;
寒冷季节居住在住所中,力量、颜色(光泽)和光明都不显现。
Tasmā hi so deti vihāradātā, balañca vaṇṇaṃ paṭibhānameva.
因此,护持住所的人,唯有力量与颜色的表现为其所能给予。
‘‘Dukkhassa sītuṇhasarīsapā ca, vātātapādippabhavassa loke;
苦难因寒冷、疲劳和疾病,被风、热等苦恼所滋生于世间;
Nivāraṇā nekavidhassa niccaṃ, sukhappado hoti vihāradātā.
常有各种障碍阻挡,但护持住所者因之常得安乐。
‘‘Sītuṇhavātātapaḍaṃsavuṭṭhi , sarīsapāvāḷamigādidukkhaṃ;
寒冷、风热之苦,脚部肿痛及如蛇毒等诸苦;
Yasmā nivāreti vihāradātā, tasmā sukhaṃ vindati so parattha.
由于远离闹市,他因此获得安乐。
‘‘Pasannacitto bhavabhogahetuṃ, manobhirāmaṃ mudito vihāraṃ;
『心境清净者,是为出于生命所求的乐趣,内心安详喜悦而常住。』
Yo deti sīlādiguṇoditānaṃ, sabbaṃ dado nāma pavuccate so.
『此人乃以戒律及诸善法为供养,普施予人,故称之为施主。』
‘‘Pahāya maccheramalaṃ salobhaṃ, guṇālayānaṃ nilayaṃ dadāti;
『他舍弃浊污贪欲,乃施舍诸善法净处。』
Khittova so tattha parehi sagge, yathābhataṃ jāyati vītasoko.
『好比斩断桎梏,他于彼界天上自在无忧而生。』
‘‘Vare cārurūpe vihāre uḷāre, naro kāraye vāsaye tattha bhikkhū;
『人于华美稳固的住所,作使比库们居住的房舍。』
Dadeyyannapānañca vatthañca nesaṃ, pasannena cittena sakkacca niccaṃ.
当时,应当供给饮食与衣物等诸物,以清净安详的心念,恭敬地恒常奉献。
‘‘Tasmā mahārāja bhavesu bhoge, manorame paccanubhuyya bhiyyo;
因此,尊敬的大王,您应当多受这种生活中美好的享乐,
Vihāradānassa phalena santaṃ, sukhaṃ asokaṃ adhigaccha pacchā’’ti.
因这是施舍僧伽舍利塔的功德果报,之后将安乐无忧,心境清净。
Iccevaṃ munirājā nararājassa bimbisārassa vihāradānānumodanaṃ katvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto paramadassanīyāya attano sarīrappabhāya suvaṇṇarasasekapiñcharāni viya nagaravanavimānādīni kurumāno anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anantāya buddhasiriyā veḷuvanamahāvihārameva pāvisīti.
如是,圣者、王中王宾比萨拉对佛陀的僧舍馈赠表示赞同后,起身而坐,四面围绕众比库,以他的身体光辉如金色鸽羽一般,犹如城邑、森林、宫殿等处昂然布设,凭其无比的佛陀戏化与无尽的佛陀威仪,步入了竹林大寺。
‘‘Akīḷane veḷuvane vihāre, tathāgato tattha manobhirāme;
在广袤的竹林寺中,如来正安住于此,以心神安适宁静;
Nānāvihārena vihāsi dhīro, veneyyakānaṃ samudikkhamāno’’.
这具智慧的圣者,在各种僧舍中安住,正在教化适当众多徒众。
Athevaṃ bhagavati tasmiṃ viharante suddhodanamahārājā ‘‘putto me chabbassāni dukkarakārikaṃ katvā paramābhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko rājagahaṃ patvā veḷuvanamahāvihāre viharatī’’ti sutvā aññataraṃ mahāmaccaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi, bhaṇe, purisasahassaparivāro rājagahaṃ gantvā mama vacanena ‘pitā vo suddhodanamahārājā taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’ti vatvā puttaṃ me gaṇhitvā ehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā purisasahassaparivāro saṭṭhiyojanamaggaṃ gantvā dhammadesanavelāya vihāraṃ pāvisi. So ‘‘tiṭṭhatu tāva raññā pahitasāsana’’nti parisapariyante ṭhito satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yathāṭhitova saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhagavā – ‘‘etha, bhikkhavo’’ti hatthaṃ pasāresi. Te sabbe taṅkhaṇaññeva iddhimayapattacīvaradharā vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya ākappasampannā hutvā bhagavantaṃ parivāresuṃ. Rājā ‘‘neva gato āgacchati, na ca sāsanaṃ suyyatī’’ti cintetvā teneva nīhārena navakkhattuṃ amacce pesesi. Tesu navasu purisasahassesu ekopi rañño nārocesi, na sāsanaṃ vā pahiṇi. Sabbe arahattaṃ patvāva pabbajiṃsu.
于是,世尊住于那纯陀达那大王处。大王对白说:「吾子历六十年行过艰苦劳作,证得至高无上的圆满觉,转动法轮,于王舍城逗留于拘楼舍大寺。」闻此,一位大臣劝说另一众大臣说道:「来吧,我说,万名男子曾围绕王舍城,依我言,‘父亲乃纯陀达那大王,欲见其子’,因此把我的儿子带来吧。」诸臣答曰:「善哉,天子。」国王闻命,领众男子沿六十由旬之路前往,适值说法时分,入寺静听。一众大臣围绕,王言:「但愿王能护持佛法。」听法者皆立正,悉为持有头巾、能施神通、披僧衣之六十余长老,如同围绕佛陀一般,莅临接待。大王思惟:「他既未来,亦未去,佛法未曾废灭。」遂遣新使者九次前往。九千众中无一人回报王消息,佛法亦未废失。众皆证得阿拉汉位,遂出家修行。
Atha rājā cintesi – ‘‘ko nu kho mama vacanaṃ karissatī’’ti sabbarājabalaṃ olokento udāyiṃ addasa. So kira rañño sabbatthasādhako amacco abbhantariko ativissāsiko bodhisattena saddhiṃ ekadivaseyeva jāto sahapaṃsukīḷito sahāyo. Atha naṃ rājā āmantesi – ‘‘tāta udāyi, ahaṃ mama puttaṃ daṭṭhukāmo navapurisasahassāni pesesiṃ, ekapurisopi āgantvā sāsanamattampi ārocetā natthi, dujjāno kho pana me jīvitantarāyo, ahaṃ jīvamānova puttaṃ daṭṭhumicchāmi. Sakkhissasi me puttaṃ dassetu’’nti? So ‘‘sakkhissāmi, deva, sace pabbajituṃ labhissāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tāta, tvaṃ pabbajitvā vā apabbajitvā vā mayhaṃ puttaṃ dassehī’’ti. So ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño sāsanaṃ ādāya rājagahaṃ gantvā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā saddhiṃ purisasahassena arahattaṃ patvā ehibhikkhubhāve patiṭṭhāya phaggunīpuṇṇamāsiyaṃ cintesi – ‘‘atikkanto hemanto, vasantasamayo anuppatto, supupphitā vanasaṇḍā, paṭipajjanakkhamo maggo, kālo dasabalassa ñātisaṅgahaṃ kātu’’nti cintetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā saṭṭhimattāhi gāthāhi bhagavato kulanagaraṃ gamanatthāya gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesi –
于是,国王思维:「谁堪遵从吾言?」审视全王权势,目见于夜。此夜由国王所信赖、与菩萨同修的高级侍臣出世,同行。国王告之:「塔达,我欲见吾子,派遣九千新使,未见一人能带消息。生死攸关,吾虽活着,亦欲见吾子。汝能否验吾愿?」侍臣答:「天子,若能出家,我必见之。」国王曰:「塔达,无论出家或不出家,汝须向我显吾子。」大王喜悦,奉持佛法,前往王舍城。听佛说法,随众近万众,证阿拉汉戒,受比库戒安住。至满月夜,思惟曰:「秋去冬来,春季未至,林中新芽茂盛,修行之路清净,时也,十岁之金刚弟子聚集修道。」于是王近世尊,诵谓六十韵颂,描绘佛至王城行迹:
‘‘Aṅgārino dāni dumā bhadante, phalesino chadanaṃ vippahāya;
「今炭火正旺,尊者,林中清凉,果实遮蔽,尽释烦恼;
Te accimantova pabhāsayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
彼如赤金光放,如大勇士之时,乃阿闍世等圣时刻;
‘‘Dumā vicittā suvirājamānā, rattaṅkureheva ca pallavehi;
林木清洁,纯净辉映,如嫩枝叶绽放,鲜红斑斓;
Ratanujjalamaṇḍapasannibhāsā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
金刚光明,充满曼陀罗台如明月光辉,乃大勇士成熟时刻。」
‘‘Supupphitaggā kusumehi bhūsitā, manuññabhūtā sucisādhugandhā;
「花朵盛开、遍布芳香芬芳,纯净如人间最美净的好香;
Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
树木在两边光彩照人,这是伟大英雄安吉拉萨那的时刻。」
‘‘Phalehinekehi samiddhibhūtā, vicittarukkhā ubhatovakāse;
「果实丰满成熟,树木繁茂成双成对;
Khuddaṃ pipāsampi vinodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
小小的干渴也因此得到安慰,这正是伟大英雄安吉拉萨那的时节。」
‘‘Vicittamālā sucipallavehi, susajjitā morakalāpasannibhā;
「花环洁净,由清雅的嫩叶装饰,明净如莫拉花般洁白;
Rukkhā virocanti ubhosu passesu, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
树木在两边光彩照耀,这正是伟大英雄安吉拉萨那的时刻。」
‘‘Virocamānā phalapallavehi, susajjitā vāsanivāsabhūtā;
「果实与新叶光彩鲜明,妥善穿戴,成为居所的本质;
Tosenti addhānakilantasatte, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
这是撼动之时,即伟大的勇士阿耆那跪坐之时。」
‘‘Suphullitaggā vanagumbanissitā, latā anekā suvirājamānā;
「深叶繁茂,依靠森林洞穴,众多藤蔓竞相鲜艳;
Tosenti satte maṇimaṇḍapāva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
这是撼动之时,即伟大的勇士阿耆那跪坐之时。」
‘‘Latā anekā dumanissitāva, piyehi saddhiṃ sahitā vadhūva;
「众多藤蔓如依附野旷,亲爱者同行如同妻子;
Palobhayantī hi sugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
它们散发芬芳甘美的气息,这是伟大的勇士阿耆那跪坐之时。」
‘‘Vicittanīlādimanuññavaṇṇā , dijā samantā abhikūjamānā;
『鸟儿四方鸣啭,羽色斑斓、青蓝诸色,令人赏心悦目;
Tosenti mañjussaratā ratīhi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
欢喜悦乐,心起爱乐。此时,正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之时节。
‘‘Migā ca nānā suvirājamānā, uttuṅgakaṇṇā ca manuññanettā;
诸鹿多色,形态优美,挺耳似人,慧目善见;
Disā samantā mabhidhāvayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
遍观四方,奔走跳跃。此时,正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之时节。
‘‘Manuññabhūtā ca mahī samantā, virājamānā haritāva saddalā;
群山皆如人形,遍布天地,青翠欲滴,似乎发声如涛;
Supupphirukkhā moḷinivalaṅkatā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
林木茂盛,树冠繁茂光洁。此时,正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之时节。
‘‘Susajjitā muttamayāva vālukā, susaṇṭhitā cārusuphassadātā;
『细沙洁净如玉,排列整齐,散发芳香,』
Virocayanteva disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『四方明亮灿烂,恰如伟大仙人火种的时刻。』
‘‘Samaṃ suphassaṃ sucibhūmibhāgaṃ, manuññapupphodayagandhavāsitaṃ;
『平整柔软的洁净大地,盛开的人间花卉芬芳扑鼻,』
Virājamānaṃ sucimañca sobhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『洁净光明映照其上,正是伟大仙人火种的时节。』
‘‘Susajjitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva, vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ;
「如同装备精良的园林,色彩斑斓,宝石点缀,」
Sugandhabhūtaṃ pavanaṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『芳香浓郁的微风徐来,恰是伟大仙人火种的时刻。』
‘‘Sarā vicittā vividhā manoramā, susajjitā paṅkajapuṇḍarīkā;
「众多花朵色彩斑斓,姿态美妙生动,整齐排列如莲花簇拥;
Pasannasītodakacārupuṇṇā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
清澈凉爽的泉水流转盈满,此乃大勇士昂吉拉的时节。」
‘‘Suphullanānāvidhapaṅkajehi , virājamānā sucigandhagandhā;
「众多娇艳的莲花竞相开放,其香洁净芬芳深远;
Pamodayanteva narāmarānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
宛如诸人欣乐欢畅,此乃大勇士昂吉拉的时节。」
‘‘Suphullapaṅkeruhasannisinnā, dijā samantā mabhinādayantā;
「莲花丰盛密布洒落一地,阳光普照其上闪耀光辉;
Modanti bhariyāhi samaṅgino te, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
其时众多妻子同心欢喜欢乐,此乃大勇士昂吉拉的时节。」
‘‘Suphullapupphehi rajaṃ gahetvā, alī vidhāvanti vikūjamānā;
「彼时,蜂群采集盛开之花上的花粉时,如受洁净,轻柔地飘洒花粉。」
Madhumhi gandho vidisaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
「花蜜香气随风散布,正是伟大的勇士阿耆尼王兴盛的时节。」
‘‘Abhinnanādā madavāraṇā ca, girīhi dhāvanti ca vāridhārā;
「蜂群共同飞行,如同醉酒有节制,奔涌于山间溪流之中。」
Savanti najjo suvirājitāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
「它们像沐浴在甘露中一样欢畅,正是伟大的勇士阿耆尼王的时节。」
‘‘Girī samantāva padissamānā, mayūragīvā iva nīlavaṇṇā;
「山峦遍布,显现其雄壮如孔雀般青蓝的色彩;」
Disā rajindāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
「东方如同王者发光照耀,正是伟大的勇士阿耆尼王的时节。」
‘‘Mayūrasaṅghā girimuddhanasmiṃ, naccanti nārīhi samaṅgibhūtā;
‘孔雀群聚于山顶,众女与之共舞,姿态妍丽;
Kūjanti nānāmadhurassarehi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
在各种甜美的乐声中歌唱,时节正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之会。
‘‘Suvādikā nekadijā manuññā, vicittapattehi virājamānā;
‘有口才妙语的青年人们聚集,各展其艺,光彩照人;
Girimhi ṭhatvā abhinādayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
立于高山之上表演,时节正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之会。
‘‘Suphullapupphākaramābhikiṇṇā , sugandhanānādalalaṅkatā ca;
‘鲜花盛开,香气弥漫,芳香布满四周;
Girī virocanti disā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
群山光辉照耀四方,时节正值伟大勇士安吉罗沙那之会。
‘‘Jalāsayā nekasugandhagandhā, surindauyyānajalāsayāva;
正如水池中弥漫着多样的芬芳异香,那芬芳犹如诸天园中水池的气息,
Savanti najjo suvirājamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
这些香气静静散发,光彩洁净无瑕,正如伟岸勇士阿耆那萨的时代。
‘‘Vicittatitthehi alaṅkatā ca, manuññanānāmigapakkhipāsā;
被精心装饰,遍布奇异宝石,犹如人们聚集的野兽群,
Najjo virocanti susandamānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
这些宝石闪耀出美好光辉,恰似伟岸勇士阿耆那萨的时代。
‘‘Ubhosu passesu jalāsayesu, supupphitā cārusugandharukkhā;
在两旁的水池之中,开满了秀美芬芳的树木,
Vibhūsitaggā surasundarī ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
装饰盛丽,好似天界美丽的仙女,这正是伟岸勇士阿耆那萨的时代。
‘‘Sugandhanānādumajālakiṇṇaṃ , vanaṃ vicittaṃ suranandanaṃva;
『芳香的花朵缀满枝头,遍布林间,宛如仙乐所怡悦;』
Manobhirāmaṃ satataṃ gatīnaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『常令心神安乐的行止,此时此刻,正如伟大勇士阿耆尼罗所顷刻到来。』
‘‘Sampannanānāsuciannapānā, sabyañjanā sādurasena yuttā;
『具备各种佳肴美味,皆为雅致饮食所调和;』
Pathesu gāme sulabhā manuññā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『行走于道途乡里皆方便,正如伟大勇士阿耆尼罗此刻莅临。』
‘‘Virājitā āsi mahī samantā, vicittavaṇṇā kusumāsanassa;
『大地普遍光明照耀,遍布五彩缤纷的花座;』
Rattindagopehi alaṅkatāva samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『夜间如卫士般装饰其间,此时此刻,正如伟大勇士阿耆尼罗显现。』
‘‘Visuddhasaddhādiguṇehi yuttā, sambuddharājaṃ abhipatthayantā;
『以清净信等各种功德相配,意欲礼敬觉王(即彻悟者)』。
Bahūhi tattheva janā samantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『众多善知识诸众皆在四方,时节至时俱集于伟大比库阿难舍所』。
‘‘Vicitraārāmasupokkharañño, vicitranānāpadumehi channā;
『奇妙华美的园林与莲花相辉映,覆以种种奇异莲花』。
Bhisehi khīraṃva rasaṃ pavāyati, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『如牛乳之味缓缓流淌,时节至时俱集于伟大比库阿难舍所』。
‘‘Vicitranīlacchadanenalaṅkatā, manuññarukkhā ubhatovakāse;
『装饰以华丽蓝色帷幔,树木苍翠高大,相对成排』。
Samuggatā sattasamūhabhūtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『聚集成群如众生集会,时节至时俱集于伟大比库阿难舍所』。
‘‘Vicitranīlabbhamivāyataṃ vanaṃ, surindaloke iva nandanaṃ vanaṃ;
如同鲜艳多彩的蓝色宝石所辉映的广阔森林,如同天界众天众所欣赏的乐园森林,
Sabbotukaṃ sādhusugandhapupphaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
完全由各种善美芳香及鲜花构成,这就是伟大智者阿耆梨尊者的时代。
‘‘Subhañjasaṃ yojanayojanesu, subhikkhagāmā sulabhā manuññā;
遍布优美的道路相互联接,善良宽厚的人们居住其间;
Janābhikiṇṇā sulabhannapānā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
人们聚集于此,饮食便利,这就是伟大智者阿耆梨尊者的时代。
‘‘Pahūtachāyūdakarammabhūtā, nivāsinaṃ sabbasukhappadātā;
阳光充足,水源充沛,居住之处快乐安适;
Visālasālā ca sabhā ca bahū, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
宽广的会堂众多,这就是伟大智者阿耆梨尊者的时代。
‘‘Vicittanānādumasaṇḍamaṇḍitā, manuññauyyānasupokkharañño;
彼时清晨,色彩斑斓,毗绮之鸟飞翔于旷野,栖息于幽深的树林之上;
Sumāpitā sādhusugandhagandhā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
遥远之处已沐浴完毕,芬芳清香之气散布其间,此乃大勇士昂吉罗沙那的时刻。
‘‘Vāto mudūsītalasādhurūpo, nabhā ca abbhā vigatā samantā;
和风轻柔,凉爽而怡人,云空清朗彻底无瑕;
Disā ca sabbāva virocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
诸方位皆明亮照耀,正是大勇士昂吉罗沙那的时辰。
‘‘Pathe rajonuggamanatthameva, rattiṃ pavassanti ca mandavuṭṭhī;
道路上露水已生,为赶除污秽而设,夜晚雨水轻洒,隐约如纱;
Nabhe ca sūro mudukova tāpo, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
天上烈阳如温暖的炉火,正是大勇士昂吉罗沙那的时刻。
‘‘Madappabāhā madahatthisaṅghā, kareṇusaṅghehi sukīḷayanti;
「狂暴猛兽如同猖狂的象群,彼此相集而相互纠缠不休;
Disā vidhāvanti ca gajjayantā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
四方威吓奔走呻吟,如大勇士昂吉拉萨那的时代降临。」
‘‘Vanaṃ sunīlaṃ abhidassanīyaṃ, nīlabbhakūṭaṃ iva rammabhūtaṃ;
「茂密幽暗的森林异常显现,宛如青蓝色宝山那样的乐土;
Vilokitānaṃ ativimhanīyaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
被目睹之人无不惊愕动容,正如大勇士昂吉拉萨那的时代来到。」
‘‘Visuddhamabbhaṃ gaganaṃ surammaṃ, maṇimayehi samalaṅkatāva;
「纯净明澈的天空清朗无垠,点缀以珍珠宝石般的云彩;
Disā ca sabbā atirocayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
四方光明照耀无比辉煌,就像大勇士昂吉拉萨那的时代。」
‘‘Gandhabbavijjādharakinnarā ca, sugītiyantā madhurassarena;
「甘达婆族仙人与奇那罗等,以甜美妙音而歌唱;
Caranti tasmiṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
他们在那清风中行走,正值伟大英勇者安吉罗萨的时代。」
‘‘Kilesasaṅghassa bhitāsakehi, tapassisaṅghehi nisevitaṃ vanaṃ;
「污秽杂染群被勇猛苦行众拥护的林间所怖畏的,静寂幽深的丛林;
Vihāraārāmasamiddhibhūtaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
是所居禅修处,满布成就,正值伟大英勇者安吉罗萨的时代。」
‘‘Samiddhinānāphalino vanantā, anākulā niccamanobhirammā;
「炽燃火焰的众林不结果实,且无扰乱,长久以净心安乐著称;
Samādhipītiṃ abhivaḍḍhayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
他们增长安住的喜悦,正值伟大英勇者安吉罗萨的时代。」
‘‘Nisevitaṃ nekadijehi niccaṃ, gāmena gāmaṃ satataṃ vasantā;
『诸多村落者』者,乃众多村庄。『常住』者,恒久安居不变之义。『居止于村落之间』者,乡与乡之间常住,彼时即彼时,众村中最胜之列。
Pure pure gāmavarā ca santi, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『从前有村落之优胜者』,此者犹大勇士之名曰『昂吉罗萨』。
‘‘Vatthannapānaṃ sayanāsanañca, gandhañca mālañca vilepanañca;
『布施衣食饮水及床榻坐具』,『香气』,『花环』,『抹饰品』,广大富盛,乃众生居多之处。此时即大勇士昂吉罗萨时期也。
Tahiṃ samiddhā janatā bahū ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『各方民众富足安乐』,于此大勇士昂吉罗萨时期,确如是也。
‘‘Puññiddhiyā sabbayasaggapattā, janā ca tasmiṃ sukhitā samiddhā;
『由善德功德而具成天下福报』,人众于彼时均得安乐富足,毫无忧恼。
Pahūtabhogā vividhā vasanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『多种丰饶之享受皆存』,于大勇士昂吉罗萨时期,众生常得如此幸福安稳之时也。
‘‘Nabhe ca abbhā suvisuddhavaṇṇā, disā ca cando suvirājitova;
天空中云彩洁净如洗,颜色纯净光明,四方之中月亮光辉宛如鲜明宝石;
Rattiñca vāto mudusītalo ca, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
夜晚的风柔和且清凉,此时正值伟大众神阿耆梨王的时节。
‘‘Canduggame sabbajanā pahaṭṭhā, sakaṅgaṇe citrakathā vadantā;
月初之际万人皆起身,群聚之中谈论着奇妙故事;
Piyehi saddhiṃ abhimodayanti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
与爱乐者共同欢喜,这正是伟大众神阿耆梨王的时刻。
‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi nabhaṃ viroci, mahī ca saṃsuddhamanuññavaṇṇā;
月光透过云缝洒于天空,地面纯净光洁明朗;
Disā ca sabbā parisuddharūpā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
四方万物皆呈现出清净美丽的相貌,这正是伟大众神阿耆梨王的季节。
‘‘Dūre ca disvā varacandaraṃsiṃ, pupphiṃsu pupphāni mahītalasmiṃ;
远处可见许多美丽的月亮星辰,花朵簇拥着地表,盛开缤纷;
Samantato gandhaguṇatthikānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
四方皆散发出芬芳与香气,此时正值伟大的勇士安吉洛萨的时刻。
‘‘Candassa raṃsīhi vilimpitāva, mahī samantā kusumenalaṅkatā;
月光如丝线般缠绕,遍洒大地,花朵装饰其上;
Viroci sabbaṅgasumālinīva, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
一切四周光彩夺目耀眼,犹如宝饰环绕,此时正是伟大的勇士安吉洛萨的时刻。
‘‘Kucanti hatthīpi madena mattā, vicittapiñchā ca dijā samantā;
象群因醉酒而蠢蠢欲动,天上的飞鸟纷飞四散;
Karonti nādaṃ pavane suramme, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
它们在风中发出响声,激烈喧闹,此时正是伟大的勇士安吉洛萨的时刻。
‘‘Pathañca sabbaṃ paṭipajjanakkhamaṃ, iddhañca raṭṭhaṃ sadhanaṃ sabhogaṃ;
「行路既广泛且不可阻挡,国土富庶且资源充裕,
Sabbatthutaṃ sabbasukhappadānaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
普遍无处不在且带来诸般安乐,正是此时伟大勇士昂吉拉萨的时代。」
‘‘Vanañca sabbaṃ suvicittarūpaṃ, sumāpitaṃ nandanakānanaṃva;
「森林广袤且形态端正,如同精心栽培的花园树林,
Yatīna pītiṃ satataṃ janeti, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
修道者常生欢喜,此乃伟大勇士昂吉拉萨的时代。」
‘‘Alaṅkataṃ devapuraṃva rammaṃ, kapīlavatthuṃ iti nāmadheyyaṃ;
「装饰华美如天城般的悦目景象,名为咖毕拉瓦图,
Kulanagaraṃ idha sassirikaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
族邑城镇气候宜人,正是伟大勇士昂吉拉萨的时代。」
‘‘Manuññaaṭṭālavicittarūpaṃ, suphullapaṅkeruhasaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ;
『人众众多,形状各异,遍布盛开的花朵、淤泥、岩石与宝石。』
Vicittaparikhāhi puraṃ surammaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『遍布各色各样的范围,前方壮丽辉煌,是伟大勇士阿耆尼沙那的宫殿。』
‘‘Vicittapākārañca toraṇañca, subhaṅgaṇaṃ devanivāsabhūtaṃ;
『遍布雅致的建筑装饰与华丽的门楣,是如天居所的俊美府邸。』
Manuññavīthi suralokasannibhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『人众道路仿佛天界人间相似,正是伟大勇士阿耆尼沙那的宫殿。』
‘‘Alaṅkatā sākiyarājaputtā, virājamānā varabhūsanehi;
『装饰华美的沙迦王子们,佩戴着美妙的象饰;』
Surindaloke iva devaputtā, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
『如同天界神子一般,在神光照耀的境界中,这正是伟大勇士阿耆尼沙那的宫殿。』
‘‘Suddhodano munivaraṃ abhidassanāya, amaccaputte dasadhā apesayi;
「须达多为贤哲之最,向无母之子许以十缘;
Balena saddhiṃ mahatā muninda, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
以强威共尊圣王时,为英勇者安吉拉萨之时代。」
‘‘Nevāgataṃ passati neva vācaṃ, sokābhibhūtaṃ naravīraseṭṭhaṃ;
「不见彼境,亦不闻语,忧苦压心的世间英杰;
Tosetumicchāmi narādhipattaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
我愿引起喜悦于人王者,是为英勇者安吉拉萨之时代。」
‘‘Taṃdassanenabbhutapītirāsi, udikkhamānaṃ dvipadānamindaṃ;
「彼安静无为者,智慧如黄琉璃,乃两足尊者朝升时;
Tosehi taṃ muninda guṇaseṭṭhaṃ, samayo mahāvīra aṅgīrasānaṃ.
愿此君以欣悦拥护那品德最胜的贤哲圣王时代。」
‘‘Āsāya kassate khettaṃ, bījaṃ āsāya vappati;
『以希望耕种田地,以希望播种种子;』
Āsāya vāṇijā yanti, samuddaṃ dhanahārakā;
『以希望为商贾出行,诸富贾从海而来;』
Yāya āsāya tiṭṭhāmi, sā me āsā samijjhatu.
『我所依止的希望,愿此希望长存于我。』
‘‘Nātisītaṃ nātiuṇhaṃ, nātidubbhikkhachātakaṃ;
『不可过寒也不可过热,不可过饥饿苛刻;』
Saddalā haritā bhūmi, esa kālo mahāmunī’’ti.
『大地翠绿草盛,此时适合大圣人修行。』
Atha naṃ satthā – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, udāyi, gamanavaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇesī’’ti āha. ‘‘Bhante, tumhākaṃ pitā suddhodanamahārājā daṭṭhukāmo, karotha ñātakānaṃ saṅgaha’’nti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, udāyi, karissāmi ñātisaṅgahaṃ, tena hi bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocehi , gamiyavattaṃ pūressantī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti thero bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocesi.
尔时世尊问曰:「优陀夷,汝行相如何?」优陀夷答曰:「世尊,我父纯陀达那大王盼望见佛,嘱我召集亲族。」世尊说:「善哉,优陀夷,我当助汝召集亲族,届时当告僧伽集会。」优陀夷向僧伽报曰:「善哉,世尊。」
Satthā aṅgamagadhavāsīnaṃ kulaputtānaṃ dasahi sahassehi, kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ dasahi sahassehīti sabbeheva vīsatiyā khīṇāsavabhikkhusahassehi parivuto rājagahā nikkhamitvā divase divase yojanaṃ yojanaṃ gacchanto dvīhi māsehi kapilavatthupuraṃ sampāpuṇi. Sākiyāpi anuppatteyeva bhagavati – ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti bhagavato vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsamānā ‘‘nigrodhasakkassārāmo ramaṇīyo’’ti sallakkhetvā sabbaṃ paṭijagganavidhiṃ kāretvā gandhapupphahatthā paccuggamanaṃ karontā sabbālaṅkārehi samalaṅkatagattā gandhapupphacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamānā bhagavantaṃ purakkhatvā nigrodhārāmameva agamaṃsu.
导师原为安加摩迦陀地区的世家子弟,人数达十万;咖毕拉瓦图居民亦达十万。诸位皆为二十余万已断使根之比库所环绕,离开王舍城,日日步行,跋涉距离以十里为度,历经两个月,抵达咖毕拉瓦图城。萨伽族也前来参加,等待世尊降临,意谓「我们将见到亲属中最尊贵者」。世尊的住所被议定为「尼拘陀罗树林中居」,境界幽美。众人用香花和花粉等供养世尊,打点全天行程序,并以诸般庄严装饰以奉献。他们恭敬地率先前往尼拘陀罗树林中,礼拜后入居。
Tatra bhagavā vīsatiyā khīṇāsavasahassehi parivuto paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīdi. Sākiyā pana mānajātikā mānatthaddhā, ‘‘siddhatthakumāro amhehi daharataro, amhākaṃ kaniṭṭho bhātā, putto, bhāgineyyo, nattā’’ti cintetvā daharadahare rājakumāre āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe vandatha, mayaṃ tumhākaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito nisīdissāmā’’ti. Tesvevaṃ nisinnesu bhagavā tesaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā – ‘‘ime ñātakā attano moghajiṇṇabhāvena na maṃ vandanti, na panete jānanti ‘buddho nāma kīdiso, buddhabalaṃ nāma kīdisa’nti vā, ‘buddho nāma ediso, buddhabalaṃ nāma edisa’nti vā, handāhaṃ attano buddhabalaṃ iddhibalañca dassento pāṭihāriyañca kareyyaṃ, ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ caṅkamaṃ māpetvā tattha caṅkamanto mahājanassa ajjhāsayaṃ oloketvā dhammañca deseyya’’nti cintesi. Tena vuttaṃ saṅgītikārakehi bhagavato parivitakkadassanatthaṃ –
世尊与这二十万已断使根的比库们围坐于铺设妥当的精舍中。同族的曼那子孙因阶级观念而揣测:「悉达多王子较我们年幼,且是亲弟弟、表亲兼子弟。」他们便向少年王子行礼,表示:「你们请坐,我们愿在你们后面就席。」当时,世尊坐下后端详他们的意念,心想:「这些亲族由于无明和嫉妒心,并未真正敬礼于我,也不真正理解佛者为何人,不识‘佛者为何人力’,不知‘佛力如何体现’,若本人能示现佛力与神通,于空中掷转十万眼轮、佩戴诸宝而行走,亲临大众面前开示法义,或许可令他们明白。」依此所思,世尊教示赞歌以供乐师演唱,借以展示其法的真实义理。
§3
3.
‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo;
佛说:『非凡人所知,即使是天龙鬼神、人非人类,也不得知此佛何种人也,最上人也。
Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca kīdisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa kīdisaṃ.
何等佛力?智慧力量何等大,佛力为众生利益之力耶?』
§4
4.
‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo;
佛言:『非凡人所知,即使是天龙鬼神、人非人类,也不得知此佛何人也,最尊者也。
Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca edisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa edisaṃ.
何等佛力?神通智慧力量何等大,佛力为大众利益之力也。』
§5
5.
‘‘Handāhaṃ dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ;
我将示现出佛陀无上之力;
Caṅkamaṃ māpayissāmi, nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti.
我将施展步行法,于天空中布满宝石。
Tattha na hete jānantīti na hi ete jānanti. Na-kāro paṭisedhattho. Hi-kāro kāraṇatthe nipāto. Yasmā panete mama ñātiādayo devamanussā mayā buddhabale ca iddhibale ca anāvikate na jānanti ‘‘ediso buddho, edisaṃ iddhibala’’nti, tasmā ahaṃ mama buddhabalañca iddhibalañca dasseyyanti attho. Sadevamānusāti ettha devāti upapattidevā adhippetā. Saha devehīti sadevā. Ke te? Mānusā, sadevā eva mānusā sadevamānusā. Atha vā devoti sammutidevo, suddhodano rājā adhippeto. Saha devena raññā suddhodanenāti sadevā. Mānusāti ñātimānusā, sadevā sasuddhodanā mānusā sadevamānusā sarājāno vā ete mama ñātimānusā mama balaṃ na vijānantīti attho. Sesadevāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchantiyeva. Sabbepi devā devanaṭṭhena ‘‘devā’’ti vuccanti. Devanaṃ nāma dhātuattho kīḷādi. Atha vā devā ca mānusā ca devamānusā, saha devamānusehi sadevamānusā. Ke te? Lokāti vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Buddhoti catusaccadhamme buddho anubuddhoti buddho. Yathāha –
这里并非因无知,实则他们并不认识此事。缺乏反对,是无拒之意;有拒,是出于原因而排斥。因为我的亲属诸天人及人类不理解我对于佛力与神通力的无间断,故不知“他是佛,是此神通之力”的真义,所以我将示现我之佛力及神通力。所谓“众生”此处指众天,即为起源天。在诸天中,与天共存,即所谓众生。谁者?人类,即与天共存之人类,也称众天人。或者称“诸天”,即指定天王须陀洹王为主。须陀洹王与天后王妃共处,即为众生。人是彼之亲族,人类众皆为我亲族众生。意谓他们不理解我势力。剩余诸天亦共聚合。一切诸天,因居于天界而称“天”。所谓天界即元素之意,如芝属等。或称诸天与人,是天人共存,与诸天人合称众生。谓为“世界”,意此用语所应观之处。如对佛名,四圣谛中“佛”谓觉悟者;“正觉者”为觉悟者。犹如言——
‘‘Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ;
“所应超越所超,所应修持已成就;
Pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddhosmi brāhmaṇā’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 563);
所应舍弃已舍,我是圣者,婆罗门也”【大念处经2.399;小念处经563】;
Idha pana kattukārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Adhigatavisesehi devamanussehi ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā’’ti evaṃ buddhattā ñātattā buddho. Idha kammakārake buddhasaddasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. Buddhamassa atthīti vā buddho, buddhavantoti attho. Taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kīdisakoti kīdiso kiṃsarikkhako kiṃsadiso kiṃvaṇṇo kiṃsaṇṭhāno dīgho vā rasso vāti attho.
此处于造作因中,须当见佛号真实。于所得特殊,由于诸天人所知乃真觉者,即佛者。于造作因中当见佛号。谓为佛,佛者,具佛之意。此皆应依语意了解。何谓语意?谓言“何种”即何,何师匠,何人,何色,何所鉴,如细长线之类,此意也。
Naruttamoti narānaṃ naresu vā uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti naruttamo. Iddhibalanti ettha ijjhanaṃ iddhi nipphattiatthena paṭilābhaṭṭhena ca iddhi. Atha vā ijjhanti tāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi. Sā pana dasavidhā hoti. Yathāha –
“巨人”意谓人的中最尊贵者,若非王族亦为上上者,若称“最伟大者”;“神通力量”即此处的神通,是指通过意欲、完成神通的结果亦即成就的能力。或谓因意欲之故此类众生神通增长而具足,谓之神通。其神通共分十种,如次所述—
‘‘Iddhiyoti dasa iddhiyo. Katamā dasa? Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā iddhi, tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10).
“所谓神通即十种神通。何为十种?即坚定神通、变化神通、心所造神通、智慧变化神通、禅定变化神通、圣者神通、业报所生神通、善行神通、智慧所得神通。各因相应之滞碍,借由意愿为缘,遂成就神通。”(此节参照注疏,第三卷第十节)
Tāsaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ – pakatiyā eko bahukaṃ āvajjeti, sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti ‘‘bahuko homī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 3.10) evaṃ vibhajitvā dassitā iddhi adhiṭṭhānavasena nipphannattā adhiṭṭhānā iddhi nāma. Tassāyamattho – abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya sace sataṃ icchati ‘‘sataṃ homi, sataṃ homī’’ti kāmāvacaraparikammacittehi parikammaṃ katvā puna abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya puna āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva sataṃ hoti. Sahassādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中差异在于不同种类—譬如,单一者召唤多人,或呼唤百人乃至千人时,借助智慧坚固信念说“我将化为多人”。经此细分表现的神通即称为坚定神通。此神通之义,乃是修习第四禅定后得证,起坐后若欲召百人,心意专注于业务行为的达成,经行使后安然坐禅,再次起行不断召唤,心念坚定遂能为百人所成。千人等亦同理。
Tattha pādakajjhānacittaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ parikammacittāni satārammaṇāni vā sahassādīsu aññatarārammaṇāni vā, tāni ca kho vaṇṇavasena, no paṇṇattivasena. Adhiṭṭhānacittampi satārammaṇameva, taṃ pana appanācittaṃ viya gotrabhuanantarameva uppajjati rūpāvacaracatutthajhānikaṃ . So pana pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahitvā kumāravaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti nāgavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti. Supaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vā…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ vā dassetīti (paṭi. ma. 3.13) evaṃ āgatā iddhi pakativaṇṇavijahanavikāravasena pavattattā vikubbaniddhi nāma.
此处以足禅(第四禅)为相,具足经营心所,或以百或以千境界中某一特定境界为观想,且是以色彩明朗清晰为准,而非模糊不清。坚定心亦唯持百观境界,此心似安住入定,起于禅定地域之间。如色彩明朗者展现,如稚嫩色彩、如龙形颜色、如金翅鸟颜色等,或示现种种军容阵势(详参注疏第三卷第十三节)。此乃变化神通中,因色彩变化别而起之变异,称为“变化神通”。
‘‘Idha bhikkhu imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimmināti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriya’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.14) iminā nayena āgatā iddhi sarīrasseva abbhantare aññassa manomayassa sarīrassa nipphattivasena pavattattā manomayiddhi nāma.
“有比库能在此肉身中化现他身,此身色身心意俱全无损”是也。本神通依此方法显现,犹如在体内呈现另一心意身躯,其性质与精神现前一致,故称此为心意神通(心所造神通)。
Ñāṇuppattito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā tena attabhāvena paṭilabhitabbaarahattañāṇānubhāvena nibbatto viseso ñāṇavipphāro iddhi nāma. Āyasmato bākulassa ca āyasmato saṃkiccassa ca ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, tesaṃ vatthu cettha kathetabbaṃ (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.226).
智慧变现神通,乃以前所未有或事后发生之种种,依自身力量获得,伴随多种智慧洞察而显现殊胜变异。此即智慧变化神通。此理以著名长老Bākula及Saṃkicca为例,论述其实内容(参阿毗尼毗婆沙论第一卷第一章第二百二十六节)。
Samādhito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā samathānubhāvena nibbatto viseso samādhivipphārā iddhi nāma. Āyasmato sāriputtassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (udā. 34), āyasmato sañjīvassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (ma. ni. 1.507), āyasmato khāṇukoṇḍaññassa samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.khāṇukoṇḍaññattheravatthu), uttarāya upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.uttarāupāsikāvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.262), sāmāvatiyā upāsikāya samādhivipphārā iddhīti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.260-261) tesaṃ vatthūnettha kathetabbāni, ganthavitthāradosaparihāratthaṃ pana mayā na vitthāritāni.
所谓神通变化,是昔日或后时,凭借心定的体验而成就的特殊境界。诸如尊者沙利子的神通变化(典例见《增支部》34经),尊者散递婆的神通变化(《中部》1.507),尊者闍努拘陀难的神通变化(《法句经释》第一卷闍努拘陀难长老传),还有女居士乌陀罗(见《法句经释》第二卷及《中部》注释一二六二),以及居士萨摩婆帝的神通变化(见《法句经释》第一卷及《中部》一二六至一二六一),这些事例,都是可以在此处叙述的内容。 至于详细书卷内的展开、错误的针砭与纠正,则未于此处详述。
Katamā ariyā iddhi? Idha bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘paṭikkūle appaṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti appaṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati, sace ākaṅkhati ‘‘appaṭikkūle paṭikkūlasaññī vihareyya’’nti paṭikkūlasaññī tattha viharati…pe… upekkhako tattha viharati sato sampajānoti (paṭi. ma. 3.17). Ayañhi cetovasippattānaṃ ariyānaṃyeva sambhavato ariyā iddhi nāma.
何谓圣者所具的神通?此处谓比库如果期望于“不为逆境所惑心,不为顺境所迷心”而得以住于顺境心者,是为住于非逆境心;如果期望于“不为顺境所迷心,而住于顺境心”者,则为住于逆境心……如是依此,亦得住于平等心,且心具足正念正知。这便是对诸心所现的不同状态,圣者独有的特殊神通名义。
Katamā kammavipākajā iddhi? Sabbesaṃ pakkhīnaṃ sabbesaṃ devānaṃ paṭhamakappikānaṃ manussānaṃ ekaccānañca vinipātikānaṃ vehāsagamanādikā kammavipākajā iddhi nāma. Katamā puññavato iddhi? Rājā cakkavattī vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅginiyā senāya. Jaṭilakassa gahapatissa asītihattho suvaṇṇapabbato nibbatti. Ayaṃ puññavato iddhi nāma. Ghosakassa gahapatino (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.kumbhaghosakaseṭṭhivatthu) sattasu ṭhānesu māraṇatthāya upakkame katepi arogabhāvo puññavato iddhi. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhissa (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.meṇḍakaseṭṭhivatthu) aṭṭhakarīsamatte padese sattaratanamayānaṃ meṇḍakānaṃ pātubhāvo puññavato iddhi.
何为业报所致神通?众鸟类、天众、初次现世的人类及少数向下堕落者,随风而行等,皆称为由业感果所生之神通。何谓福德之神通?如国王轮转圣主随风而行,配合四军队。又如富有世人贾帝迦,拥有电子金山,此即福德造就之神通。又如富户提婆刚果于七处为逝者设立安息营地,复有无病安乐,此为福德神通。又如贵族门阇越迦於十八府第,拥有七宝车辆随行,亦谓福德神通。
Katamā vijjāmayā iddhi? Vijjādharā vijjaṃ parijappitvā vehāsaṃ gacchanti, ākāse antalikkhe hatthimpi dassenti…pe… vividhampi senābyūhaṃ dassentīti (paṭi. ma. 3.18). Ādinayappavattā vijjāmayā iddhi nāma. Taṃ taṃ kammaṃ katvā nibbatto viseso ‘sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī’ti ayaṃ tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi nāma. Imissā dasavidhāya iddhiyā balaṃ iddhibalaṃ nāma, idaṃ mayhaṃ iddhibalaṃ na jānantīti attho (visuddhi. 2.375 ādayo).
何谓智慧具足之神通?智慧之人托持智慧,而随风而行,天上显现象征象婴儿等及诸般军阵布列等(详见《修多罗论》第三章十八节)。能止恶慧障碍者,称为智慧兴起之神通。各自之业所致、因缘具足、行为至诚即成此神通,故每处依缘有各自神通。此等十种神通孕含的威力,称为神通力,意谓“此力量非余人知”,如《清净道论》第二章三百七十五页前有所述。
Paññābalanti sabbalokiyalokuttaraguṇavisesadāyakaṃ arahattamaggapaññābalaṃ adhippetaṃ, tampi ete na jānanti. Keci ‘‘channaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ paññābala’’nti vadanti. Buddhabalanti ettha buddhabalaṃ nāma buddhānubhāvo, dasabalañāṇāni vā. Tattha dasabalañāṇāni nāma ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ, atītānāgatapaccuppannakammavipākajānanañāṇaṃ, sabbatthagāminipaṭipadāñāṇaṃ, anekadhātunānādhātulokajānanañāṇaṃ, nānādhimuttikañāṇaṃ, āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānesu yathābhūtañāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, cutūpapātañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imāni dasa. Imesaṃ dasannaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ buddhabalanti. Edisanti īdisaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho.
慧力者,乃为世间上下、超越世俗之入圣道慧力。虽有此慧,却未人人洞知。有人谓此为“覆蔽异慧”,意谓特殊慧力。所谓佛力,即佛之示现威力,或称十种力慧。彼十种力慧为依止本处,知过去来现业因果,通达圆满之修行路,洞见多界众生及各类分别,观察心染污起灭真实,于禅定解脱和正觉入灭状态皆具真知,重现往昔生活记忆与临终现前智慧并灭除染污,合称十种智慧,谓之佛力。此等智慧合名佛力,亦称为指示,或称法。此即所谓经典原文。
Handāti vavassaggatthe nipāto. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Yasmā panete mama ñātakā buddhabalaṃ vā buddhaguṇe vā na jānanti, kevalaṃ attano moghajiṇṇabhāvaṃ nissāya mānavasena sabbalokajeṭṭhaseṭṭhaṃ maṃ na vandanti. Tasmā tesaṃ mānaketu atthi, taṃ bhañjitvā vandanatthaṃ buddhabalaṃ dasseyyanti vuttaṃ hoti. Dassayissāmīti dasseyyaṃ. ‘‘Dassessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Buddhabalanti buddhānubhāvaṃ, buddhañāṇavisesaṃ vā. Anuttaranti niruttaraṃ. Caṅkamanti caṅkamitabbaṭṭhānaṃ vuccati. Māpayissāmīti māpeyyaṃ. ‘‘Caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmī’’ti ca pāṭho, soyevattho. Nabheti ākāse. Sabbaratanamaṇḍitanti sabbehi ratijananaṭṭhena ratanehi muttā-maṇi-veḷuriya-saṅkha-silā-pavāḷa-rajata-suvaṇṇa-masāragalla-lohitaṅkehi dasahi dasahi maṇḍito alaṅkato sabbaratanamaṇḍito, taṃ sabbaratanamaṇḍitaṃ. ‘‘Nabhe ratanamaṇḍita’’nti paṭhanti keci.
『手』即声韵学中的辅音。『打』指自身。此文意谓:此中他说话。问曰:“何所示?”因我亲族不识佛力或佛行德,却唯因其我行无明,乃不以人天尊者身份敬礼我。故在人心中有妨碍,为破此障碍令见佛法威能,此经遂言“我将示现神力”。文言“示现”,现妙义。佛力谓佛陀显现之威能及佛陀智慧之广大。所谓无上。『行』谓应行所行之事。『劝勉』谓劝导他人。文中“我必劝勉示现行”意谓世尊必以神通示现以劝勉众生。『空中』谓天空。『百宝云集』者,乃以诸宝玉、明珠、玛瑙、珊瑚、精金、银钱、玛瑙、琉璃、贝壳等众宝所饰之百万宝冠,名曰“百宝云集”或“宝冠缀满”,亦有释法称“宝冠绕空”。亦有部派经文诵读为“空中宝冠覆满”。
Athevaṃ bhagavatā cintitamatte dasasahassacakkavāḷavāsino bhummādayo devā pamuditahadayā sādhukāramadaṃsu. Tamatthaṃ pakāsentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
于是,如来深思熟虑后,居住于十万光轮界中的地天诸天怀着喜悦的心,赞叹这善行。以此为依凭,天人们以歌唱为乐作证,唱道——
§6
6.
‘‘Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā;
“地天为大王的臣民,包括忉利天、夜摩天、兜率天诸天;
Paranimmitā yepi ca brahmakāyikā, ānanditā vipulamakaṃsu ghosa’’nti. –
还有他化自在天及梵身天,这些皆欢喜,发出广大的声响。”——
Ādigāthāyo ṭhapitāti veditabbā.
这开头的歌谣应当了知为诗章所立。
Tattha bhummāti bhummaṭṭhā, pāsāṇapabbatavanarukkhādīsu ṭhitā. Mahārājikāti mahārājapakkhikā. Bhummaṭṭhānaṃ devatānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā ākāsaṭṭhakadevatā, tato abbhavalāhakā devatā, tato uṇhavalāhakā devatā, tato sītavalāhakā devatā, tato vassavalāhakā devatā, tato vātavalāhakā devatā, tato cattāro mahārājāno, tato tāvatiṃsā, tato yāmā, tato tusitā, tato nimmānaratī, tato paranimmitavasavattī, tato brahmakāyikā, tato brahmapurohitā, tato mahābrahmāno, tato parittābhā, tato appamāṇābhā, tato ābhassarā, tato parittasubhā, tato appamāṇasubhā, tato subhakiṇhā, tato vehapphalā, tato avihā, tato atappā, tato sudassā, tato sudassī, tato akaniṭṭhā devatā saddaṃ sutvā mahantaṃ saddaṃ akaṃsu. Asaññino ca arūpāvacarasatte ca ṭhapetvā sotāyatanapavattiṭṭhāne sabbe devamanussanāgādayo pītivasaṃ gatahadayā ukkuṭṭhisaddamakaṃsūti attho. Ānanditāti pamuditahadayā, sañjātapītisomanassā hutvāti attho. Vipulanti puthulaṃ.
其中“地天”者,指居于地面、山岩、树林等处的天众。所谓“大王臣民”,是指大王的部属。听闻住于地天的诸天之声,空中八部天闻之,继后炎热光天闻之,复有热寒光天、雨光天、风光天闻之,复有四大王,复有忉利,复有夜摩,复有兜率,复有他化自在,复有梵身天,复有梵天宫羽天,复有大梵天,复有护持光明诸天,复有无量光明天,复有光辉灿烂天,复有保护美好光明天,复有无量美好光明天,复有美丽之天,复有丰利之天,复有永不疲倦之天,复有无欲之天,复有明彻之天,复有聪明之天,复有极高之天听闻此声,发大声响。复有无形界不相天众安立此声波处听闻。诸天、人、龙等欢喜,心生喜悦,发出欢腾声响。此中“欢喜”,谓心怀欢喜愉悦,生起喜乐满足之意。“广大”谓广大丰盛。
Atha satthā cintitasamanantarameva odātakasiṇasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā – ‘‘dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu āloko hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Tena adhiṭṭhānacittena saheva āloko ahosi pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva akaniṭṭhabhavanā. Tena vuttaṃ –
于是,佛陀思维未竟,复入热遍禅定,发誓言:“愿十万光轮框界皆显大光”,以此誓愿,光芒遍及广大地界直到无上梵天。对此有言——
§7
7.
‘‘Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā;
“大地和诸天显现,众多的世间诸界不加节制;
Tamo ca tibbo vihato tadā ahu, disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
当时黑暗浓密笼罩,看见如同光被夺去的状况。”
Tattha obhāsitāti pakāsitā. Pathavīti etthāyaṃ pathavī catubbidhā – kakkhaḷapathavī, sasambhārapathavī, nimittapathavī, sammutipathavīti. Tāsu ‘‘katamā cāvuso, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigata’’ntiādīsu (vibha. 173) vuttā ayaṃ kakkhaḷapathavī nāma. ‘‘Yo pana bhikkhu pathaviṃ khaṇeyya vā khaṇāpeyya vā’’tiādīsu (pāci. 85) vuttā sasambhārapathavī, ye ca kesādayo vīsati koṭṭhāsā, ayolohādayo ca bāhirā; sāpi vaṇṇādīhi sambhārehi saddhiṃ pathavīti sasambhārapathavī nāma. ‘‘Pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.360) nimittapathavī ‘‘ārammaṇapathavī’’tipi vuccati. Pathavīkasiṇajhānalābhī devaloke nibbatto āgamanavasena ‘‘pathavīdevo’’ti nāmaṃ labhati. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘āpo ca devā pathavī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.340) ayaṃ sammutipathavī, paññattipathavī nāmāti veditabbā. Idha pana sasambhārapathavī adhippetā (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.2 pathavīvāravaṇṇanā).
其中‘显现’谓明朗展现。‘大地’此处所指为四类:硬地、大集合地、缘起地、约定地。在这些中,“哪一类是内在的地法?那即自身坚硬坚固的。”(引自分解173)此谓硬地。又“若比库挖掘或开凿大地”(毗尼85)谓大集合地,即发丝般细微众多的小块和外露的铁矿等集合,由诸色集结而成的大地称为大集合地。又“唯有一处的大地色边界自知”(长部尼360)谓缘起地,也称缘起地为“对象地”。获得缘起地禅定而成就的者,入于天界,作为来去凭据获得“地神”名号。所说“诸天与大地为水”(长部尼340)谓约定地,即约定、规定的土地。应知此处大集合地为主(大毗奈耶注释1.2地起述)。
Sadevakāti sadevalokā. ‘‘Sadevatā’’tipi pāṭho atthi ce sundarataraṃ, sadevako manussaloko obhāsitoti attho. Puthūti bahū. Lokantarikāti asurakāyanarakānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā pana tiṇṇaṃ cakkavāḷānaṃ antarā ekā lokantarikā hoti, tiṇṇaṃ sakaṭacakkānaṃ aññamaññaṃ āhacca ṭhitānaṃ majjhe okāso viya ekeko lokantarikanirayo, parimāṇato aṭṭhayojanasahasso hoti. Asaṃvutāti heṭṭhā appatiṭṭhā. Tamo cāti andhakāro. Tibboti bahalo ghano. Candimasūriyālokābhāvato niccandhakārova hoti. Vihatoti viddhasto. Tadāti yadā pana bhagavā sattesu kāruññataṃ paṭicca pāṭihāriyakaraṇatthaṃ ālokaṃ phari, tadā so tamo tibbo lokantarikāsu ṭhito, vihato viddhasto ahosīti attho.
“诸天”谓诸天界。“诸天”一词亦有诵读版本,若取其美妙含义,则意谓人世界之诸天显现。‘众多’即多。“世间诸界”指天界、阿修罗界、畜生界,为三大轮回界中之一,即三轮的其中一界。三车轮依存互相围绕,如同空间,天界作为其中一个界域,范围约八由旬之广。‘无节制’谓向下无固定基础。“黑暗”即昏暗。“浓密”谓多且厚重。月日光芒失去,因此为极深黑暗。“覆盖”谓遮盖散失。此时世尊为众生慈悲,为现神通表达方便,放光照耀,当时黑暗浓密却还存在于三个界中,已被穿透照耀。
Accherakanti accharāpaharaṇayoggaṃ, vimhayavasena aṅgulīhi paharaṇayogganti attho. Pāṭihīranti paṭipakkhaharaṇato pāṭihīraṃ. Paṭiharati sattānaṃ diṭṭhimānopagatāni cittānīti vā pāṭihīraṃ, appasannānaṃ sattānaṃ pasādaṃ paṭiāharatīti vā pāṭihīraṃ. ‘‘Pāṭihera’’ntipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Ettha ālokavidhānavisesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Disvāna accherakaṃpāṭihīranti ettha devā ca manussā ca lokantarikāsu nibbattasattāpi ca taṃ bhagavato pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā paramappītisomanassaṃ agamaṃsūti idaṃ vacanaṃ āharitvā attho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā na pubbena vā paraṃ, na parena vā pubbaṃ yujjati.
“夺光”谓光明被夺去之意,指以指头打击所致光暗相继遮掩之意。‘反对’为对抗之意。‘夺取’谓夺去心意根本。夺取即使众生于见法中产生执念心、烦乱心,即为夺取;令不安定众生心生欢喜安乐,亦谓夺取。‘夺取’一词尤为贴切。此中光明现象别具有特殊涵义。‘见光即夺光’谓诸天、人类、地狱等世间及轮回众生,见世尊神通光明而欢欢喜喜,心情极为欢畅,此语意须明了,此与以前以后任何事物无相应,亦无从相应。
Idāni na kevalaṃ manussalokesuyeva āloko atthi, sabbattha tividhepi saṅkhārasattokāsasaṅkhāte loke ālokoyevāti dassanatthaṃ –
现在不仅在人间界中有光,而在所有三界及诸行业所凝聚相续的世界中,均有此光现起,故说。
§8
8.
‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase,
「所有天神、梵天、乾闼婆、人、罗刹、守护神,
Ābhā uḷārā vipulā ajāyatha;
光明广大,闪耀涌现;
Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcobhayasmiṃ,
在这个世界,上界和下界,十方广大无边,
Adho ca uddhaṃ tiriyañca vitthata’’nti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
遍布扩展,如是。」——此为诗句所说。
Tattha devāti sammutidevā upapattidevā visuddhidevāti sabbepi devā idha saṅgahitā. Devā ca gandhabbā ca manussā ca rakkhasā ca devagandhabbamanussarakkhasā. Saha devagandhabbamanussarakkhasehīti sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhaso. Ko pana so? Loko, tasmiṃ sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase loke. Ābhāti āloko. Uḷārāti etthāyaṃ uḷāra-saddo madhuraseṭṭhavipulādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘uḷārāni khādanīyabhojanīyāni khādanti bhuñjantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.366) madhure dissati. ‘‘Uḷārāya kho pana bhavaṃ vacchāyano pasaṃsāya samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pasaṃsatī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.288) seṭṭhe. ‘‘Atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.32; ma. ni. 3.201) vipule. Svāyaṃ idha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.142; vi. va. aṭṭha. 1). Vipulāti appamāṇā. Ajāyathāti uppajji udapādi pavattittha. Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcāti imasmiṃ manussaloke ca parasmiṃ devaloke cāti attho. Ubhayasminti tadubhayasmiṃ, ajjhattabahiddhādīsu viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Adho cāti avīciādīsu nirayesu. Uddhanti bhavaggatopi uddhaṃ ajaṭākāsepi. Tiriyañcāti tiriyatopi dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Vitthatanti visaṭaṃ. Andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā vuttappakāraṃ lokañca padesañca ajjhottharitvā ābhā pavattitthāti attho. Atha vā tiriyañca vitthatanti tiriyato vitthataṃ mahantaṃ, appamāṇaṃ padesaṃ ābhā pharitvā aṭṭhāsīti attho.
其中「天」是指尊贵的天神、梵天、乾闼婆,即各种天神皆称为「天」。天神、乾闼婆、人、罗刹,皆为天神、乾闼婆、人、护持者。依「天神、乾闼婆、人、护持者」谓为「所有天神、乾闼婆、人、护持者」。那何谓「所有天神、乾闼婆、人、护持者」?谓此世间众生以及他处二者皆在众生保护中。光明者,是指光明、光辉、明耀等义。广大者,谓此处「广大」一词从甘美、极佳、广大等义显现。诸如「广大者食用主食与副食得甘美」(中部经注1.366)有所示:「广大者赞叹沙门果德玛为可爱仰慕者」(中部经注1.288)。又「超越诸天神的天神之德,无量广大光辉」(长部经注2.32;中部经注3.201)谓之广大。此理自当在此显现。广大即无量,成长、生起、发生。如「无量无边光辉涌现」。此世间「此处」与「彼处」谓此人间界与彼诸天界,即意也。二者谓二境界,内外等分别。下者谓地狱等阴间,下界也。上者谓生于天及虚空之上界。横者谓天上诸天三千大千世界之广阔无垠。广阔遍布,谓消除黑暗后,照彻世间及诸方地方光明澄现。又或谓横向广大,即从旁方广大无量展开,扩展十方广大光明如八方洒布开阔之意。
Atha bhagavā dasasahassacakkavāḷesu ālokapharaṇaṃ katvā abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya āvajjitvā adhiṭṭhānacittena ākāsamabbhuggantvā tesaṃ ñātīnaṃ sīsesu pādapaṃsuṃ okiramāno viya mahatiyā devamanussaparisāya majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dasseti. Taṃ pana pāḷito evaṃ veditabbaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.116) –
然后世尊住在十千大千世界中,于光明遍照之处,入四禅定,当得神通力。之后起身,回转身行,意坚决执著,飞升于空中,如踏叶般轻捷,于大神、人众中间,示现两种神奇之力显异景象。此理应如此理解(律藏注1.116)。
‘‘Katamaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihīraṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… puratthimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, pacchimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati. Pacchimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, puratthimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmahatthato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇahatthato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapassato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapassato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… dakkhiṇapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapādato udakadhārā pavattati. Vāmapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapādato udakadhārā pavattati…pe… aṅgulaṅgulehi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulantarikāhi udakadhārā pavattati. Aṅgulantarikāhi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulaṅgulehi udakadhārā pavattati…pe… ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomato udakadhārā pavattati. Lomakūpato lomakūpato aggikkhandho pavattati, lomakūpato lomakūpato udakadhārā pavattati – channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ nīlānaṃ pītakānaṃ lohitakānaṃ odātānaṃ mañjiṭṭhānaṃ pabhassarānaṃ.
「如来破除二元障碍的智慧为何?这里如来对于二元障碍,示现出非凡的境界。上身如火焰轮转不停,下身如流水流动不息。下身如火焰轮转不停,上身如流水流动不息……前身为火焰轮转不息,后身为流水流动不断。后身为火焰轮转不息,前身为流水流动不断……右侧为火焰轮转不息,左侧为流水流动不断。左侧为火焰轮转不息,右侧为流水流动不断……右耳侧为火焰轮转不息,左耳侧为流水流动不断。左耳侧为火焰轮转不息,右耳侧为流水流动不断……右鼻孔侧为火焰轮转不息,左鼻孔侧为流水流动不断。左鼻孔侧为火焰轮转不息,右鼻孔侧为流水流动不断……右肩头侧为火焰轮转不息,左肩头侧为流水流动不断。左肩头侧为火焰轮转不息,右肩头侧为流水流动不断……右手侧为火焰轮转不息,左手侧为流水流动不断。左手侧为火焰轮转不息,右手侧为流水流动不断……右目侧为火焰轮转不息,左目侧为流水流动不断。左目侧为火焰轮转不息,右目侧为流水流动不断……右足侧为火焰轮转不息,左足侧为流水流动不断。左足侧为火焰轮转不息,右足侧为流水流动不断……以指节为单位火焰轮转不息,以指节间为单位流水流动不断。以指节间为单位火焰轮转不息,以指节为单位流水流动不断……以一根一根为单位火焰轮转不息,以一根一根为单位流水流动不断。以毛孔为单位火焰轮转不息,以毛孔为单位流水流动不断——其色泽光明,遮蔽无漏,青色、黄色、红色、白色、鲜明灿烂,玫红辉映,清净光明。
‘‘Bhagavā caṅkamati, nimmito tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā tiṭṭhati, nimmito caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā nisīdati, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā seyyaṃ kappeti, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Nimmito caṅkamati, bhagavā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito tiṭṭhati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito nisīdati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito seyyaṃ kappeti, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā, idaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇanti veditabbaṃ’’.
「世尊行走时,所现的相也站立,或坐着,或卧卧着。世尊站立时,所现的相则行走,或坐着,或卧卧着。世尊坐着时,所现的相则行走,或站立,或卧卧着。世尊卧卧着时,所现的相则行走,或站立,或坐着。所现的相行走时,世尊则站立,或坐着,或卧卧着。所现的相站立时,世尊则行走,或坐着,或卧卧着。所现的相坐着时,世尊则行走,或站立,或卧卧着。所现的相卧卧着时,世尊则行走,或站立,或坐着。这即为如来破除二元障碍的智慧,应当了知。」
Tassa pana bhagavato tejokasiṇasamāpattivasena uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati. Āpokasiṇasamāpattivasena heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatīti puna udakadhārāya pavattaṭṭhānato aggikkhandho pavattati, aggikkhandhassa pavattaṭṭhānato udakadhārā pavattatīti dassetuṃ, ‘‘heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī’’ti vuttanti veditabbā. Eseva nayo sesapadesupi. Aggikkhandho panettha udakadhārāya asammissova ahosi. Tathā udakadhārā aggikkhandhena. Rasmīsu pana dutiyā dutiyā rasmi purimāya purimāya yamakā viya ekakkhaṇe pavattati. Dvinnañca cittānaṃ ekakkhaṇe pavatti nāma natthi, buddhānaṃ pana bhavaṅgaparivāsassa lahukatāya pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasitāya etā rasmiyo ekakkhaṇe viya pavattanti, tassā pana rasmiyā āvajjanaparikammādhiṭṭhānāni visuṃyeva. Nīlarasmiatthāya hi bhagavā nīlakasiṇaṃ samāpajjati. Pītarasmiādīnaṃ atthāya pītakasiṇādīni samāpajjati.
「彼时由于世尊获得光明息涌[Tejokasiṇa]的成就,上身如火焰轮转不息,下身如流水流动不断。由水息涌[Āpokasiṇa]的成就,下身如流水流动,上身如火焰轮转。由流水流动的现象产生火焰轮转,由火焰轮转产生流水流动,这是要显现‘下身为火焰轮转,上身为流水流动’的道理,应当了知。此理同样适用其他诸句。火焰轮转与流水流动相互不混。正如流水流动与火焰轮转亦不相混。光线以次第、交替之法,如影双重同时运转。因佛之生灭流转轻巧敏捷,如五种相分彼此澄净剔透般轮转。世尊为青光息轮成就青色息轮。为黄色光息等处成就黄色光息。」
Evaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihīre kayiramāne sakalassāpi dasasahassacakkavāḷassa alaṅkārakaraṇakālo viya ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ –
「如是世尊破除二元障碍时,恰犹如装饰整备一个一万光轮的时刻一般。由此而有偈言──」
§9
9.
‘‘Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito;
「世尊为七第一者,无有对治者,无上导师,天人供养;
Mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīra’’nti.
大威德,大功德标志,示现为无有瑕疵的障碍解除者。」
Tattha sattuttamoti attano sīlādīhi guṇehi sabbesu sattesu uttamo pavaro seṭṭhoti sattuttamo, sattānaṃ vā uttamo sattuttamo. Sattanti hi ñāṇassa nāmaṃ, tena dasabalacatuvesārajjachaasādhāraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena sattena seṭṭho uttamoti sattuttamo, samānādhikaraṇavasena satto uttamoti vā sattuttamo. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘uttamasatto’’ti vattabbaṃ uttama-saddassa pubbanipātapāṭhato. Na panesa bhedo aniyamato bahulavacanato ca naruttamapurisuttamanaravarādi-saddā viya daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā sattaṃ uttamaṃ yassa so sattuttamo, idhāpi ca uttama-saddassa pubbanipāto bhavati. Uttamasattoti visesanassa pubbanipātapāṭhato ‘‘cittagū paddhagū’’ti ettha viyāti nāyaṃ doso. Ubhayavisesanato vā āhitaggiādipāṭho viya daṭṭhabbo. Vināyakoti bahūhi vinayanūpāyehi satte vineti dametīti vināyako. Satthāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthehi yathārahaṃ satte anusāsatīti satthā. Ahūti ahosi. Devamanussapūjitoti dibbehi pañcakāmaguṇehi dibbanti kīḷantīti devā. Manassa ussannattā manussā, devā ca manussā ca devamanussā, devamanussehi pūjito devamanussapūjito. Pupphādipūjāya ca paccayapūjāya ca pūjito, apacitoti attho. Kasmā pana devamanussānameva gahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nanu bhagavā tiracchānagatehipi āravāḷakāḷāpalāladhanapālapālileyyakanāgādīhi sātāgirāḷavakahemavatasūcilomakharalomayakkhādīhi vinipātagatehipi pūjitoyevāti? Saccamevetaṃ, ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena sabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Mahānubhāvoti mahatā buddhānubhāvena samannāgato. Satapuññalakkhaṇoti anantesu cakkavāḷesu sabbe sattā ekekaṃ puññakammaṃ satakkhattuṃ kareyyuṃ ettakehi janehi katakammaṃ bodhisatto sayameva ekako sataguṇaṃ katvā nibbatto. Tasmā ‘‘satapuññalakkhaṇo’’ti vuccati. Keci pana ‘‘satena satena puññakammena nibbattaekekalakkhaṇo’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Evaṃ sante yo koci buddho bhaveyyā’’ti taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Dassesīti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ ativimhayakaraṃ yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi.
此处所谓众生上等者,是指以自身的戒等品质而论,在一切众生中最为上等、纯净、卓越者,就是众生中最上者。众生者,乃知见之名称。以其具备十力、四无畏、三明等异胜知识而称为众生,以此众生为最优、最佳,故称众生上等。若以相同基准而论,此众生称为最上或最优者。倘若如此,应以「最上众生」一词,先有之前缀依次表达之。此处没有区别,是言语用法多样,可见如“最上人”、“圣人”等类词义相通可通用。又或谓以“众生为最上”,则此处亦是“最上”一词前缀用表达。最上众生一词,是一种修饰性前缀句,譬如“内心清净,法义深广”之类,此处无误。此乃两种修饰用法,可分别视为前缀应用。调伏之义者,谓以多种调伏法门而令众生受调伏、降伏,故称为调伏者。师者,依其所见事理及所传法语教导众生,故称为师。未有言语。所谓天人众生受敬,是以天人具备五种功德,彼等以其神异神通戏耍,而被称为天人。心意昂扬为人类,天人亦如是。天人与人互为天人,互敬互礼。以供花等供养为因缘供养,谓因递供养。未增减之义。何以叫作天人呢?世尊禀受三界外诸饿鬼、畜生、龙类等诸众不净之众,亦受敬重乎?确实如此,此依照层级划分法,则是一切众生依层级集合分类之义。所谓大觉者者,谓具巨大佛菩提分功德者称之。所谓具众功德者,者谓于无量劫中,诸大世界里,一切众生各各作无数善业,菩萨自身独自成就一百倍功德而证得涅槃。故名为具众功德者。有人则说,以众生之众生行善业而证涅槃者名之。此说已于注疏中反驳。所谓示现者,谓以超越人天诸神力而显无比神异之示现予以示现众生。
Atha satthā ākāse pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā mahājanassa cittācāraṃ oloketvā tassa ajjhāsayānukūlaṃ dhammakathaṃ caṅkamanto kathetukāmo ākāse dasasahassacakkavāḷavitthataṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
于是世尊在空中显现神异,观视广大众生心行,沿着其心所向而行,意欲宣说合宜的法义,遂于空中铺设一漫无边际,众宝遍满的宝轮法宝。此中所说——
§10
10.
‘‘So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo;
『彼受诸天王请求,目明,了解真意,乃为最上人;
Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti.
设置宝轮导引天下众生,庄严成就众宝之轮。』
Tattha soti so satthā. Yācitoti paṭhamameva aṭṭhame sattāhe dhammadesanāya yācitoti attho. Devavarenāti sahampatibrahmunā. Cakkhumāti ettha cakkhatīti cakkhu, samavisamaṃ vibhāvayatīti attho. Taṃ pana cakkhu duvidhaṃ – ñāṇacakkhu, maṃsacakkhūti. Tattha ñāṇacakkhu pañcavidhaṃ – buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, samantacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhūti. Tesu buddhacakkhu nāma āsayānusayañāṇañceva indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca, yaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (dī. ni. 2.69; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.339; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 9) āgataṃ. Dhammacakkhu nāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca phalāni, yaṃ ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.355; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; paṭi. ma. 2.30) āgataṃ. Samantacakkhu nāma sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ , yaṃ ‘‘tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ, sumedha, pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhū’’ti (dī. ni. 2.70; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338; saṃ. ni. 1.172; mahāva. 8) āgataṃ. Dibbacakkhu nāma ālokavaḍḍhanena uppannābhiññācittena sampayuttañāṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.148, 284, 385, 432; 2.341; 3.82, 261; mahāva. 10) āgataṃ. Paññācakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1082; mahāva. 15; kathā. 405; paṭi. ma. 2.30) ettha pubbenivāsādiñāṇaṃ paññācakkhūti āgataṃ.
此处“彼”者,即世尊也。“请求”者,意谓初至第八周岁间,于说法时受此请求之义。所谓“诸天王”者,是指陪同而来的天梵众。“目明”者,即有眼之意,亦是圆明慧眼。所谓眼有两种,即智慧之眼与肉眼。智慧之眼分五种,分别为佛眼、法眼、平等眼、天眼和慧眼。其中文中佛眼者,是谓包括对心染、痴爱、以及诸感官高级知识之所知,是所谓“以佛眼观察世间”而来。法眼者,是指最高三乘道路果位知识,为“清净无染的法眼”而来。平等眼者,为具有一切平等知解之慧眼,是称“法成就,智慧高远,登梁如宫,具足平等眼”而来。天眼者,为通过增光感应而得的特异神通和完备知识,为“以天眼清净”为义。慧眼者,是“眼生起,智慧生起”,即前生后生知识的慧眼。
Maṃsacakkhu nāma ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43; 4.60; kathā. 465, 467) ettha pasādamaṃsacakkhu vuttaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.213). Taṃ pana duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu pasādacakkhūti. Tesu yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake akkhipattakehi parivārito maṃsapiṇḍo yattha catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavo jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā honti. Vitthārato pana sambhavamānāni catusamuṭṭhānāni chattiṃsa jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti ime kammasamuṭṭhānā cattāro cāti sasambhārā honti, idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yaṃ pana setamaṇḍalaparicchinnena kaṇhamaṇḍalena parivārite diṭṭhamaṇḍale sanniviṭṭhaṃ rūpadassanasamatthaṃ pasādamattaṃ, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Sabbāni panetāni ekavidhāni aniccato saṅkhatato, duvidhāni sāsavānāsavato lokiyalokuttarato, tividhāni bhūmito upādiṇṇattikato, catubbidhāni ekantaparittaappamāṇāniyatārammaṇato, pañcavidhāni rūpanibbānārūpasabbārammaṇānārammaṇavasena, chabbidhāni honti buddhacakkhādivasena. Iccevametāni vuttappakārāni cakkhūni assa bhagavato santīti bhagavā cakkhumāti vuccati. Atthaṃ samekkhitvāti caṅkamaṃ māpetvā, dhammadesanānimittaṃ devamanussānaṃ hitatthaṃ upaparikkhitvā upadhāretvāti adhippāyo. Māpayīti māpesi. Lokanāyakoti saggamokkhābhimukhaṃ lokaṃ nayatīti lokanāyako. Suniṭṭhitanti suṭṭhu niṭṭhitaṃ, pariyositanti attho. Sabbaratananimmitanti dasavidharatanamayaṃ.
肉眼者,是“依赖色根而识色”之意。此处所谓肉眼细说有二,一为附属之眼,二为明亮眼。其内被包围于眼窝中之肉脏,即眼球,有色、香、甘、苦等感知,是生命性质之一,眼力为身之安适。大体上有三种附属,细分共三种。细说中生起之四总和六三十五种生命性质,眼力及身之安适凝聚,称为附属眼。若再细说,由白色圆圈界定,以黑色圆圈围绕,中心视野内集中于见色能力,仅此明亮眼也。此皆为世间无常、合和、染污、界限不同、三界境界对应、四种不同程度、五类色离灭所现相、六种因缘差别,是佛眼等六种眼力的各自表现。此诸眼力皆由世尊具足,故曰世尊具足眼力。所谓“了解真意”,是指铺设导引之宝轮,目的为演说佛法,利益众生,而布施。铺设即“授予”。所谓“天下导引者”,乃引导众生向天上极乐境界与解脱之路者。所谓“圆成”,意为完备究竟义。宝轮法宝,乃以十种宝合成之轮。
Idāni bhagavato tividhapāṭihāriyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
现在为展示世尊三种超凡力量成就的缘故——
§11
11.
‘‘Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu;
『神通为教导之依,三种超凡力量中世尊居首;
Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmita’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
能止步行,世间之主,圆满具足诸宝相。』——如是所说;
Tattha iddhīti iddhividhaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ nāma. Taṃ pana ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotītiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 1.239; ma. ni. 1.147; paṭi. ma. 3.10). Ādesanāti parassa cittācāraṃ ñatvā kathanaṃ ādesanāpāṭihāriyaṃ, taṃ sāvakānañca buddhānañca satatadhammadesanā. Anusāsanīti anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ, tassa tassa ajjhāsayānukūlamovādoti attho. Iti etāni tīṇi pāṭihāriyāni. Tattha iddhipāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ mahāmoggallānassa āciṇṇaṃ, ādesanāpāṭihāriyena anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ dhammasenāpatissa, anusāsanipāṭihāriyaṃ pana buddhānaṃ satatadhammadesanā. Tipāṭihīreti etesu tīsu pāṭihāriyesūti attho. Bhagavāti idaṃ guṇavisiṭṭhasattuttamagarugāravādhivacanaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
其中所谓神通者,名为三种神通超凡力量。此力虽为一而多样,虽多样而唯一,此义由此产生(见《释经》一·239;《大事经》一·147;《天亲论》三·10)。所谓教导者,即明了他心意而阐明的教导超凡力量,此乃弟子及诸佛恒常法教之力。所谓引导者,是顺各自意趣教诲之力。如此三者便是三种超凡力量。于此,神通超凡力量含括引导超凡力量;教导超凡力量涵盖引导超凡力量,为法军长所具;引导超凡力量则为诸佛恒常法教之力。三种超凡力量含义即此。世尊一词,谓此德行卓越、众生尊敬之称。古时有偈颂维持此义——
‘‘Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ, bhagavāti vacanamuttamaṃ;
『世尊一词为上尊,世尊一词为至上;
Garugāravayutto so, bhagavā tena vuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 1.142; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1 verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; itivu. aṭṭha. nidānavaṇṇanā; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);
具众生尊敬者,故称世尊也。』(见《净名论》一·142;《大事经·本经解》;《破戒论解》;《正理论解》;《大集论解》五十卷)
Vasīti etasmiṃ tividhepi pāṭihāriye vasippatto, ciṇṇavasīti attho. Vasiyo nāma pañca vasiyo – āvajjanasamāpajjanaadhiṭṭhānavuṭṭhānapaccavekkhaṇasaṅkhātā. Tatra yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ āvajjetuṃ samatthatā āvajjanavasī nāma. Tathā yaṃ yaṃ jhānaṃ yathicchakaṃ…pe… samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatā samāpajjanavasī nāma. Dīghaṃ kālaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatā adhiṭṭhānavasī nāma. Tatheva lahuṃ vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatā vuṭṭhānavasī nāma. Paccavekkhaṇavasī pana paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva honti tāni āvajjanānantarāneva hutvā uppajjantīti āvajjanavasiyā eva vuttāni. Iti imāsu pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇavasitā vasī nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahū’’ti.
在此三种护持法中,称为“护持者”,意即守护者。所谓护持者有五种:遮止、保持、坚持、发起与观看。这五者皆由“发起、保持、坚持、坚持跟随、观察”构成。其间,任何禅定若是能随意起发,若不受拘束且能长时保持,便称“能长时起发”的发起护持者。类似地,任何禅定若能随意保持,不受拘束且能长时持续,便称“能长时保持”的保持护持者。能长时坚持则称为坚持护持者。能轻易起立,则为起立护持者。观察护持者则随观察迅速生起,正是发起护持者所说诸法。本经五种护持中,守护、保持者即为护持者。故说:「世尊是一位三护持者。」
Idāni tassa ratanacaṅkamassa nimmitavidhānassa dassanatthaṃ –
现今用于显示宝轮行的缘起方法如下:
§12
12.
‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame;
「具备十万世界,如同各形山峰之顶;
Thambheva dassesi paṭipāṭiyā, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti. – ādigāthāyo vuttā;
犹如大柱,依次示现,在宝轮之上行走。」——以上为初始颂句。
Tattha dasasahassīlokadhātuyāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu. Sinerupabbatuttameti mahāmerusaṅkhāte seṭṭhapabbate. Thambhevāti thambhe viya dasacakkavāḷasahassesu ye sinerupabbatā, te paṭipāṭiyā ṭhite suvaṇṇathambhe viya katvā tesaṃ upari caṅkamaṃ māpetvā dassesīti attho. Ratanāmayeti ratanamaye.
其中所言“十万世界”,指的是十万个轮回之圈。所谓“如各形山峰之顶”,是指名为大山脉的最高峰。『如大柱』意谓十万轮圈中那些形似山峰者,好似支柱一样,依次排列,建造在其上行走,这就是该义。所谓宝轮行,即为宝轮所形成。
§13
13.Dasasahassī atikkammāti ratanacaṅkamaṃ pana bhagavā māpento tassa ekaṃ koṭiṃ sabbapariyantaṃ pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ ekaṃ koṭiṃ pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ atikkamitvā ṭhitaṃ katvā māpesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
13.超越十万,指的是当世尊丈量宝轮行时,一度跨过一亿,测量普遍覆盖东轮外缘一亿及西轮外缘一亿,完成宽度测量。从而说:
‘‘Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino;
十万众生超越,胜行遍布,胜者引导行进;
Sabbasoṇṇamayā passe, caṅkame ratanāmaye’’ti.
身显纯金光彩,走路犹如宝器辉煌。」
Tattha jinoti kilesārijayanato jino. Sabbasoṇṇamayā passeti tassa pana evaṃ nimmitassa caṅkamassa ubhayapassesu suvaṇṇamayā paramaramaṇīyā mariyādabhūmi ahosi, majjhe maṇimayāti adhippāyo.
此处『胜者』指由烦恼战胜者。身披纯金光辉者观之,此种光明之行在两方面皆称为金色,具有极为尊贵庄严的意义,其中又以身居宝玉中为最高法位。
§14
14.Tulāsaṅghāṭāti tulāyugaḷā, tā nānāratanamayāti veditabbā. Anuvaggāti anurūpā. Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatāti sovaṇṇamayehi phalakehi atthatā, tulāsaṅghātānaṃ upari suvaṇṇamayo padaracchadoti attho. Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇāti vedikā pana sabbāpi suvaṇṇamayā, yā panesā caṅkamanaparikkhepavedikā, sā ekāva aññehi ratanehi asammissāti attho. Dubhato passesu nimmitāti ubhosu passesu nimmitā. Da-kāro padasandhikaro.
十四、称『称量袈裟』者,指两条布带,称为『多宝彩带』。须知布带形制应合适对应。『于金色座之意』谓在称量袈裟座之上覆盖纯金色布料。『坛』谓全纯金布坛,即行走所在纯金布坛,是唯一不与他宝混合之坛。『两种视相』者,谓两方面皆有视相。『da-为词中连音符』。
§15
15.Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇāti maṇimuttāmayavālukākiṇṇā. Atha vā maṇayo ca muttā ca vālukā ca maṇimuttāvālukā. Tāhi maṇimuttāvālukāhi ākiṇṇā santhatāti maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā. Nimmitoti iminākārena nimmito kato. Ratanāmayoti sabbaratanamayo, caṅkamoti attho. Obhāseti disā sabbāti sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti pakāseti. Sataraṃsīvāti sahassaraṃsiādicco viya. Uggatoti udito. Yathā pana abbhuggato sahassaraṃsi sabbāpi dasa disā obhāseti, evameva esopi sabbaratanamayo caṅkamo obhāsetīti attho.
十五、『宝珠之覆盖沙』谓被宝珠覆盖之沙,或称宝珠沙。或说宝珠与沙,合为宝珠沙。由宝珠沙所覆盖聚合称宝珠沙所围。『视相』由此义而来。『宝石覆盖』谓全由宝石组成,『行路』之意。『照明』谓照耀方位,『全』谓十方皆照。『千光亮』者,如千宝光般。『ugga』谓升起。譬诸升起千宝光辉,照耀十方,如是此亦宝石覆行路,照耀十方。
Idāni pana niṭṭhite caṅkame tattha bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ –
现在,此行已完成,是为了展现世尊教法之显现——
§16
16.
‘‘Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;
‘‘在此行走之时,具足智慧者,具二十二相特征者;
Virocamāno sambuddho, caṅkame caṅkamī jino.
这正自觉者正在发光行走,行走之中为胜利者。”
§17
17.
‘‘Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;
‘‘天界中的曼陀罗花、莲花、荷叶形的伞盖花,
Caṅkamane okiranti, sabbe devā samāgatā.
诸天聚集,对此行走者皆歌咏赞美。”
§18
18.
‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā;
‘‘众多天人群看到此景,十万天人欢喜雀跃;
Namassamānā nipatanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’ti. – gāthāyo vuttā;
他们合掌敬礼,俯身下拜,心满喜悦欢欣。”如是颂歌已说;
Tattha dhīroti dhitiyutto. Dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇoti suppatiṭṭhitapādatalādīhi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi samannāgatoti attho. Dibbanti devaloke bhavaṃ jātaṃ dibbaṃ. Pārichattakanti devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ koviḷārarukkhassa nissandena samantā yojanasataparimāṇo paramadassanīyo pāricchattakarukkho nibbatti. Yasmiṃ pupphite sakalaṃ devanagaraṃ ekasurabhigandhavāsitaṃ hoti, tassa kusumareṇuokiṇṇāni navakanakavimānāni piñjarāni hutvā khāyanti. Imassa pana pāricchattakarukkhassa pupphañca pāricchattakanti vuttaṃ. Caṅkame okirantīti tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame avakiranti, tena vuttappakārena pupphena tasmiṃ caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ bhagavantaṃ pūjentīti attho. Sabbe devāti kāmāvacaradevādayo devā. Tenāha ‘‘passanti taṃ devasaṅghā’’ti. Taṃ bhagavantaṃ ratanacaṅkamane caṅkamantaṃ sakesu ālayesupi passantīti attho. Dasasahassīti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, dasasahassiyaṃ devasaṅghā taṃ passantīti attho. Pamoditāti pamuditā. Nipatantīti sannipatanti. Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhāti pītivasena tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā. Pamoditāti idāni vattabbehi tāvatiṃsādidevehi saddhinti sambandho daṭṭhabbo, itarathā punaruttidosato na muccati. Atha vā pamoditā taṃ bhagavantaṃ passanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā tahiṃ tahiṃ sannipatantīti attho.
此处所谓『智者』,是指具智慧力量者。所谓『三十二相』,是指具有坚固稳固的足趾等三十二种如大丈夫相貌的特征。『三十二大丈夫相』是指依足趾等处稳固而具足这三十二种相貌的意义。
在天界所显现者,是已生于天界的天体。所谓『遮盖树』,指天人种类中的阇毗耶罗树,它依止此树,四周范围达百由旬,色泽极为壮丽,称为遮盖树。此树开花时,整个天城都弥漫着香气,香气独特芬芳,天城中所有金色宫殿如同沐浴花粉般,宫殿的笼罩仿佛被花粉沾染。
此遮盖树的花,也被称为『遮盖』(意即覆盖遮蔽之意)。所谓『珠链』,是指宝石串成的链子。用此意旨在说明,天人以花环珍宝环绕行走,以此对世尊进行礼敬。
『诸天』意指一切欲界诸天等天众。从此故曰『见诸天众』,即能见诸天集会。此处所见世尊往来步行于宝石链中,或在居所之间显现。
『一万』这是指土地上的实际计数,即一万众天集会见到世尊。
『欢喜』是指内心欢喜愉悦之意。
『集聚』意谓众多云集聚合。
『欢欣踊跃』意指由喜悦而心生欢畅雀跃。
『欢喜踊跃』者,乃以喜悦之心表现欢跃之状。
由此欢喜之情,在现行的欲界遮盖天等天上见到世尊,因信心生故而心意欢悦;反之若无信心,虽遭讥诮批判,亦不能得解脱。
或说天众因心欢悦故见世尊,久而久之聚集成众。
Idāni ye passiṃsu ye sannipatiṃsu, te sarūpato dassetuṃ –
现今诸见众及聚集者,应以同形态显现出来,令诸人得以辨识。
§19
19.
‘‘Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā;
『遮盖天及夜叉天,忉利天诸众神,
Nimmānaratino devā, ye devā vasavattino;
造形自在天与诸梵天,乃诸主宰天上天,
Udaggacittā sumanā, passanti lokanāyakaṃ.
心怀高远且意乐善者,普遍观照世间主。
§20
20.
‘‘Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā , nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā;
诸天鬼神及守护神,龙族、金翅鸟及其余奇异天众。
Passanti taṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ, nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalaṃ.
观察那具有护持众生慈悲之心者,他如同天空中高悬的明月圆盘。
§21
21.
‘‘Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā;
“光辉灿烂,色彩美丽,且具现无上神力的天众;
Susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
衣着洁白清净、富含愉悦之意,立于双手合掌之状。
§22
22.
‘‘Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ;
他们放下五色鲜花,有曼陀罗花与掺和檀香粉的香花;
Bhamenti celāni ca ambare tadā, aho jino lokahitānukampako’’ti. –
当时这些天众在空中飘荡,称赞说:‘啊,正是那救世众生、慈悲无量的圣者。’”
Imā gāthāyo vuttā.
此为记载此等颂歌之文。
Tattha udaggacittāti pītisomanassavasena udaggacittā. Sumanāti udaggacittattā eva sumanā. Lokahitānukampakanti lokahitañca lokānukampakañca. Lokahitena vā anukampakaṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ. Nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalanti ettha ākāse abhinavoditaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ sabbopaddavavinimuttaṃ saradasamaye candamaṇḍalaṃ viya buddhasiriyā virocamānaṃ nayanānandakaraṃ passantīti attho.
这里所谓“远高心”,是指因欢喜和满足心而高扬的心。所谓“善心”,是从高扬心中产生的善良心。所谓“利众悲心”,是指出于利乐众生、怜悯众生的心。利众心与怜悯心亦即利乐众生与怜悯那些众生。此处“如天空中宝月初升之境”,是说此心如同天空中新生而满盈、没有任何尘埃污垢的圆月,在雨季时节如同月轮般光明辉映,令人眼目欢喜,意趣盎然。
Ābhassarāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Parittābhaappamāṇābhaābhassarāparittamajjhimapaṇītabhedena dutiyajjhānenābhinibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Subhakiṇhāti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ, tasmā parittasubhaappamāṇasubhasubhakiṇhāparittādibhedena tatiyajjhānena nibbattā sabbeva gahitāti veditabbā. Vehapphalāti vipulā phalāti vehapphalā. Te catutthajjhānanibbattā asaññasattehi ekatalavāsino. Heṭṭhā pana paṭhamajjhānanibbattā brahmakāyikādayo dassitā. Tasmā idha na dassitā. Cakkhusotānamabhāvato asaññasattā ca arūpino ca idha na uddiṭṭhā. Akaniṭṭhā ca devatāti idhāpi ukkaṭṭhaparicchedavaseneva vuttaṃ. Tasmā avihātappasudassāsudassiakaniṭṭhasaṅkhātā pañcapi suddhāvāsā gahitāti veditabbā. Susuddhasukkavatthavasanāti suṭṭhu suddhāni susuddhāni sukkāni odātāni. Susuddhāni sukkāni vatthāni nivatthāni ceva pārutāni ca yehi te susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, paridahitaparisuddhapaṇḍaravatthāti attho. ‘‘Susuddhasukkavasanā’’tipi pāṭho. Pañjalīkatāti katapañjalikā kamalamakulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā tiṭṭhanti.
所谓“光明”,是指光照彻切分明的状态。此处讲述说,因第二禅所现的光明无边无量,结合了不与中禅的明净区别,故众生心皆被摄受,应当了知。所谓“祥净光”,也是指此处所说的光明彻切分明,故第三禅因光明净善的差别皆被摄受,应当理解。所谓“广大果”,是指广大之果,因第四禅所现者,是无分别处住的唯一居所。初禅所现的如梵天诸身等则不现于此,因缺少眼耳等根,且为无色界所表,故此没有显现。亦称为“极微细天”,这里讲的光明亦是极微细、无垢、清净的光明,应理解为五净所住之光明。所谓“清净光明衣”,即清净、纯净、舒适、华美的衣服。这些清净、舒适衣,是洁净华白的衣服标志。另一种写法为“清净舒适光”,作五净住的标志,意为光明庄严洁净白净光衣。所谓合掌者,是指作如莲花未开、双手合掌置于头顶而立的形态。
Muñcantīti okiranti. Pupphaṃ panāti kusumaṃ pana. ‘‘Pupphāni vā’’tipi pāṭho, vacanavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo, attho panassa soyeva. Pañcavaṇṇikanti pañcavaṇṇaṃ – nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhakavaṇṇavasena pañcavaṇṇaṃ. Candanacuṇṇamissitanti candanacuṇṇena missitaṃ. Bhamenti celānīti bhamayanti vatthāni. Aho jino lokahitānukampakoti ‘‘aho jino lokahito aho ca lokahitānukampako aho kāruṇiko’’ti evamādīni thutivacanāni uggirantā. Muñcanti pupphaṃ bhamayanti celānīti sambandho.
“放下”,是指释迦牟尼佛的话。花指的是莲花。也有读为“花”,此处同义。这里的“五色”是指青、黄、赤、白、朱红这五种色彩。所谓“用檀香粉染色”,是指用檀香粉染色的意思。“发出光芒”指的是像色彩鲜明的衣裳那样发出的光彩。赞叹词有“啊,导师啊,利乐众生怜悯众生的佛啊”,类此赞颂之词层出不穷。“放下莲花,发光”二者紧密相关。
Idāni tehi payuttāni thutivacanāni dassetuṃ imā gāthāyo vuttā –
现在,将结合以上种种赞叹词,特此赋诗表达。
§23
23.
‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ;
“你是导师,旗帜,众生手中的旗杆;
Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo.
保护者,立基者;你是二足天中之灯。”
§24
24.
‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā;
十万世界的诸界,天众大具神力;
Parivāretvā namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
环绕而礼敬,心满欢喜欢悦。
§25
25.
‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;
天众与天女,表情安适满意;
Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
用五色花饰,供养人中之优。
§26
26.
‘‘Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;
天众们观看此境,心情安详喜悦;
Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.
用五色花饰,供养人中之优。
§27
27.
‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;
「啊,世间真是奇妙异常,令人毛骨悚然的异象显现;
Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ.
这并非昔日所见,乃是断尽之极为罕见的毛发竖立景象。」
§28
28.
‘‘Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā;
「在同一宫殿中,天人们入座,
Hasanti tā mahāhasitaṃ, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
见天上无毛之异相,皆大笑不止。」
§29
29.
‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino;
「空中者及地上者,居于茅草路径之居民,
Katañjalī namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
双手合十敬礼,满足欣喜,欢悦不已。」
§30
30.
‘‘Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhiko;
『若比长寿者』者,指那些寿命长久的龙天,『具福德而大威力』者,即具足善根福德且威力广大。
Pamoditā namassanti, pūjayanti naruttamaṃ.
『欢喜地敬礼尊敬』者,彼诸龙天欢喜恭敬地礼拜这人间尊贵者。
§31
31.
‘‘Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase;
『雷声连续轰鸣』者,雷电鼓响,震动云天;『于无遮蔽之空中』,意谓在无尘无碍的空中。
Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
『雷声如琴弦之发声』者,雷鸣似琴弦振动之声,在广阔空中响彻。
§32
32.
‘‘Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū;
『声响及笛声』者,指雷声和各种乐声,『以及很多鼓声』,意义为众多雷鼓共鸣。
Antalikkhasmiṃ vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.
『在天空中回响』者,声响四散回荡于无遮蔽的空中。
§33
33.
‘‘Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano;
“今日所生之事实乃奇异,激起我等四肢发寒。
Dhuvamatthasiddhiṃ labhāma, khaṇo no paṭipādito.
我们获得真实不虚的成就,片刻不曾被别法动摇。”
§34
34.
‘‘Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade;
“闻此‘佛陀’之名,即心生欢喜;
Buddho buddhoti kathayantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.
众人称‘佛陀’,并停驻于合掌礼敬之中。”
§35
35.
‘‘Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ;
“轻慢者与善行者皆有之,恰如鹤舞间的激烈搏击;
Pajā ca vividhā gagane, vattanti pañjalīkatā.
各类众生于空中往来不绝,众人合掌以示恭敬。”
§36
36.
‘‘Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca;
『唱歌、奏乐、弹拨乐器、摇摆胳膊、跳舞』,
Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ.
他们放下各种色彩的花朵,持有曼陀罗花、涂有檀香粉的花。
§37
37.
‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ;
『如同尊贵的勇士,脚上有车轮标记,』
Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācita’’nti.
旗帜、宝石饰的旗帜,以及装饰着象钩的旗帜』。
Tattha idhalokaparalokahitatthaṃ sāsatīti satthā. Ketūti ketuno apacitikātabbaṭṭhena ketu viyāti ketu. Dhajoti indadhajo samussayaṭṭhena dassanīyaṭṭhena ca tuvaṃ dhajo viyāti dhajoti. Atha vā yathā hi loke yassa kassaci dhajaṃ disvāva – ‘‘ayaṃ dhajo itthannāmassā’’ti dhajavā dhajīti paññāyati, evameva bhagavā paññānibbānādhigamāya bhagavantaṃ disvāva nibbānādhigamo paññāyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhajo yūpo cā’’ti. Kūṭadantasutte vuttānaṃ dānādiāsavakkhayañāṇapariyosānānaṃ sabbayāgānaṃ yajanatthāya samussito yūpo tuvanti attho. Parāyanoti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Patiṭṭhāti yathā mahāpathavī sabbapāṇīnaṃ ādhārabhāvena patiṭṭhā nissayabhūtā, evaṃ tuvampi patiṭṭhābhūtā. Dīpo cāti padīpo. Yathā caturaṅge tamasi vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ āropito padīpo rūpasandassano hoti. Evaṃ avijjandhakāre vattamānānaṃ sattānaṃ paramatthasandassano padīpo tuvanti attho. Atha vā mahāsamudde bhinnanāvānaṃ sattānaṃ samuddadīpo yathā patiṭṭhā hoti, evaṃ tuvampi saṃsārasāgare alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhe osīdantānaṃ pāṇīnaṃ dīpo viyāti dīpoti attho.
这里所谓『此界及他界利益的标志』,是佛陀所设说的『旗帜』。所谓『旗帜』,从不敬重之意推知便是标志。『旗』用来表明或示现的含义,如同你在世间见到某人旗帜时,即知此人属于某氏族,故称为『旗帜者』。同理,世尊证得涅槃,众生见佛,便知成就涅槃之义,故称为『佛旗』。因此经中言『旗帜如柱』。在《大曲牙经》中,诸善法之供养为断除贪嗔痴之知识终极,视其如柱。『归依者』者,谓皈依。正如大地为众生之依止,稳固不动,佛亦是众生之依止,坚固不变。『灯』者,即明灯。犹如在黑暗中,四足动物附于光亮,光亮便为其呈现形色,故可称为明灯。如此,迷惑之众生所依止的明灯,即为佛。《如海大浪经》中亦有比喻众生如破碎海浪,明灯如海中灯塔,以此为依止。故意谓以佛为迷惑中众生不能得的坚固依止明灯。
Dvipaduttamoti dvipadānaṃ uttamo dvipaduttamo, ettha pana niddhāraṇalakkhaṇassa abhāvato chaṭṭhīsamāsassa paṭisedho natthi, niddhāraṇalakkhaṇāya chaṭṭhiyā samāso paṭisiddho. Sammāsambuddho pana apadānaṃ dvipadānaṃ catuppadānaṃ bahuppadānaṃ rūpīnaṃ arūpīnaṃ saññīnaṃ asaññīnaṃ nevasaññīnāsaññīnaṃ uttamova. Kasmā panidha ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vuttoti ce? Seṭṭhataravasena. Imasmiñhi loke seṭṭho nāma uppajjamāno apadacatuppadabahuppadesupi nuppajjati. Ayaṃ dvipadesuyeva uppajjati. Kataradvipadesūti? Manussesu ceva devesu ca. Manussesu uppajjamāno tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātu vase kattuṃ samattho buddho hutvā nibbattati. Devesu uppajjamāno dasasahassilokadhātu vasavattī mahābrahmā hutvā nibbattati. So tassa kappiyakārako vā ārāmiko vā sampajjati. Iti tatopi seṭṭhataravasena ‘‘dvipaduttamo’’ti vutto.
称为『两脚最高者』,谓人的双腿为最上最尊的两脚。此处无否定存在的第六种结合,六种结合是确认存在的依据。正觉者为诸根、色相等诸见所显,或无见,或有见无见兼具,皆是最高。为何称为『两脚最高者』?乃因其拥有最高的等级。在世间之中,最高者,即为能生于四种根门众生中的最高者。乃人在世中,成就涅槃的圣人能自在活动于三千大千世界。诸天中,成就涅槃的天王,统辖万千大千世界,为大梵天。为其所作福德者,或修建安居处者,故有此称。如此,亦称之为最高的『两脚最高者』。
Dasasahassilokadhātuyāti dasasahassisaṅkhātāya lokadhātuyā. Mahiddhikāti mahatiyā iddhiyā yuttā, mahānubhāvāti attho. Parivāretvāti bhagavantaṃ samantato parikkhipitvā. Pasannāti sañjātasaddhā. Narāsabhanti narapuṅgavaṃ. Aho acchariyanti ettha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ, accharāyogganti vā acchariyaṃ, ‘‘aho, idaṃ vimhaya’’nti accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abbhutanti abhūtapubbaṃ abhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayāvahassādhivacanaṃ. Lomahaṃsananti lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbanti na mayā īdisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, abbhutaṃ diṭṭhanti attho. Diṭṭhanti vacanaṃ āharitvā gahetabbaṃ. Accheranti acchariyaṃ.
十千界者,即由十万个世界界组成。‘广大神通’者,指广大而有神通力,称‘广大威力’。‘广大威力’意即伟大威势,含义如此。‘包围’者,谓如来将自身从各处环绕包围。‘欢喜’者,指生起确定信心。‘人中首领’者,指出类拔萃之人,尊称之。‘呵,奇异也!’此处指盲人登山常被阻碍,乃常事不常发生,倒是奇事。‘奇异’与‘奇迹’近义,此指惊讶心生起,谓“啊,这真奇妙!”之意。‘超常’指超乎过去所见。‘两者皆有’为威力和惊奇的合用词。‘起鸡皮疙瘩者’者,谓毛发竖立生起的原因。‘非我所见过去之物,非我亲见过去之物,有所见者’是解释‘超常’意指不以眼见为限。‘见’者,谓必须依据言辞而接受。‘怪异’即指奇异之事。
Sakasakamhi bhavaneti attano attano bhavane. Nisīditvānāti upavissa. Devatāti idaṃ pana vacanaṃ devānampi devadhītānampi sādhāraṇavacananti veditabbaṃ. Hasantitāti tā devatā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, pītivasaṃ gatahadayatāya mihitamattaṃ akatvā aṭṭahāsaṃ hasantīti attho. Nabheti ākāse.
‘各自在自己的住所中’者,意谓各自在自己的住所。‘坐下去’意为坐居。‘天人’一词,此语同样适用于天众及天女,须理解为普遍称谓。‘笑声’者,指诸天大笑,欢迎喜悦而发自内心,笑声甚大,连绵不断,意谓其大笑声达八十声。‘在天空’者,意为于虚空中。
Ākāsaṭṭhāti ākāse vimānādīsu ṭhitā, eseva nayo bhūmaṭṭhesupi. Tiṇapanthanivāsinoti tiṇaggesu ceva panthesu ca nivāsino. Puññavantoti mahāpuññā. Mahiddhikāti mahānubhāvā. Saṅgītiyo pavattentīti devanāṭakasaṅgītiyo pavattenti, tathāgataṃ pūjanatthāya payujjantīti attho. Ambareti ākāse. Anilañjaseti anilapathe, ambarassa anekatthattā ‘‘anilañjase’’ti vuttaṃ, purimasseva vevacanaṃ. Cammanaddhānīti cammavinaddhāni. Ayameva vā pāṭho, devadundubhiyoti attho. Vādentīti vādayanti devatā.
‘立于虚空’者,指虚空中之飞楼等,如来亦如是,立于天空之地面。‘三草径居民’谓居于草尖及草径上者。‘善业者’谓大功德者。‘广大神通’者,此指广大威力。‘歌舞会展开’谓天众聚会唱歌跳舞,如来供养之意。‘在虚空’者,指天空之中。‘风之道路’者,谓风运行之道。‘云彩诸多名相’谓云有多种名相,称为‘风迹’。此等词为古时名称,如古文记载。‘乐器组成’者,指以皮革制成的乐器。‘此即本句,意谓天鼓’。‘奏乐’者,谓天众奏乐。
Saṅkhāti dhamanasaṅkhā. Paṇavāti tanumajjhaturiyavisesā. Ḍiṇḍimāti tiṇavākhuddakabheriyo vuccanti. Vajjantīti vādayanti. Abbhuto vata noti acchariyo vata nu. Uppajjīti uppanno. Lomahaṃsanoti lomahaṃsanakaro. Dhuvanti yasmā pana abbhuto ayaṃ satthā loke uppanno, tasmā dhuvaṃ avassaṃ atthasiddhiṃ labhāmāti adhippāyo. Labhāmāti labhissāma. Khaṇoti aṭṭhakkhaṇavirahito navamo khaṇoti attho. Noti amhākaṃ. Paṭipāditoti paṭiladdho.
‘数’谓多量。‘细为中之一区’谓细小且处于正中。‘笛称‘小笛及侍者’‘吹奏’谓奏乐。‘实为奇特,非平常,确实非凡’。‘生成’谓出生、出现。‘起鸡皮疙瘩者’谓引起毛发竖立者。‘恒常不变’意指因本师降世故,此恒为真理。‘取得’谓得成就。‘矿区之界限’指去掉八矿后剩余第九矿,此义。‘非我所有’谓不属于我等。‘已圆满实践者’谓已获得圆满成就。
Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvānāti buddhoti idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā tesaṃ devānaṃ pañcavaṇṇā pīti udapādīti attho. Tāvadeti tasmiṃ kāle. Hiṅkārāti hiṅkārasaddā, hiṃhinti yakkhādayo pahaṭṭhakāle karonti. Sādhukārāti sādhukārasaddā ca pavattanti. Ukkuṭṭhīti ukkuṭṭhisaddo ca unnādasaddo cāti attho. Pajāti devādayo adhippetā. Keci ‘‘paṭākā vividhā gagane vattantī’’ti paṭhanti. Gāyantīti buddhaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ gītaṃ gāyanti.
‘佛’谓听闻此语,谓听佛之名后,众天神生起五色欢喜。‘届时’意谓当时。‘吼声’谓夜魔等于夜晚出声呼喊。‘善声’谓善言语流通。‘欢呼声’谓高涨讴歌之声。‘生众’谛谓诸天等受命而来。‘有些众生曰‘飞幡多种在空中飘扬’此为所传。‘唱歌’谓唱诵佛功德之歌。
Seḷentīti mukhena seḷitasaddaṃ karonti. Vādayantīti mahatī vipañcikāmakaramukhādayo vīṇā ca turiyāni ca tathāgatassa pūjanatthāya vādenti payojenti. Bhujāni pothentīti bhuje apphoṭenti. Liṅgavipariyāso daṭṭhabbo. Naccanti cāti aññe ca naccāpenti sayañca naccanti.
‘口中发声’谓口中发出声响。‘奏乐’谓以大音色制成的乐器和四弦拨乐器等,皆为供养如来而奏。‘手臂拍击’谓手臂拍击发声。‘词序颠倒’须察之。‘跳舞’谓其他亦跳舞,自己及他人皆跳。
Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti ettha yena pakārena yathā. Mahāvīriyena yogato mahāvīro. Pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti tava ubhosu pādatalesu sahassāraṃ sanemikaṃ sanābhikaṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ cakkalakkhaṇaṃ sobhatīti attho. Cakka-saddo panāyaṃ sampattirathaṅgairiyāpathadānaratanadhammakhuracakkalakkhaṇādīsu dissati. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussāna’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. 4.31) sampattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Cakkaṃva vahato pada’’ntiādīsu (dha. pa. 1) rathaṅge. ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.29) iriyāpathe. ‘‘Dadaṃ bhuñja ca mā ca pamādo, cakkaṃ vattaya sabbapāṇina’’nti (jā. 1.7.149) ettha dāne. ‘‘Dibbaṃ cakkaratanaṃ pātubhūta’’nti (dī. ni. 2.243; 3.85; ma. ni. 3.256) ettha ratanacakke. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’nti (su. ni. 562; bu. vaṃ. 28.17) ettha pana dhammacakke. ‘‘Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti (jā. 1.1.104; 1.5.103) ettha khuracakke, paharaṇacakketi attho. ‘‘Pādatalesu cakkāni jātānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.200, 204; ma. ni. 2.386) ettha lakkhaṇe. Idhāpi lakkhaṇacakke daṭṭhabbo (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.187; 2.4.8; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44). Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitanti dhajena ca vajirena ca paṭākāya ca vaḍḍhamānena ca aṅkusena ca ācitaṃ alaṅkataṃ parivāritaṃ pādesu cakkalakkhaṇanti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇe pana gahite sesalakkhaṇāni gahitāneva honti. Tathā asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā ca. Tasmā tehi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāsītianubyañjanabyāmappabhāhi samalaṅkato bhagavato kāyo sabbaphāliphullo viya pāricchattako vikasitapadumaṃ viya kamalavanaṃ vividharatanavicittaṃ viya navakanakatoraṇaṃ tārāmarīcivirājitamiva gaganatalaṃ ito cito ca vidhāvamānā vipphandamānā chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo muñcamāno ativiya sobhati.
如尊大勇士,谓足下之足底有如轮之标志者,盖因其性质如是。以大勇力结合,尊大勇士也。足下二足之足心具有千百种纹理相连缠绕,满布各形类之轮标志,此即其义。轮声乃此功德,当以车轮、威仪、驰道、布施、珠宝、法、利钝轮等事,皆可见也。经中言:「比库们,应知具有四轮者,即诸天人所具足」等,示此为功德。又经中言:「如轮转动于足端」如车轮于车轴。又言:「四轮为九门」指威仪之路。又言:「当予与食勿行怠惰,应转轮于众生之间」指布施。又称:「天轮宝珠如现世间」指宝轮。又言:「我所转动之法轮」指法轮。又言:「欲手相持轮于顶」指驰轮,此乃武轮、兵轮之意。又有:「足心生轮」指此标志。此轮纹尚可见(有关经文处详)。旌旗象牙杖、增长钩铁器之旌旗,皆加饰缠绕于足之轮标。关于轮标,余余特点亦有,此类附加印记呈灰白光泽。故以三十二大人相加之、附加印记、灰白光华点缀,恰如胜丈夫躯体。尊世尊身体圆润丰满若果实,外覆如莲盛开,宛如莲花园林;色彩珍宝绚烂,宛若新铸之金门廊;有星辰璀璨照映,天穹辉映自如,若忽现忽暗,六色佛光放射出众胜光辉,照耀超常,美哉!
Idāni bhagavato rūpakāyadhammakāyasampattidassanatthaṃ –
此时为显示尊者者其形体及法身之功德,
§38
38.
‘‘Rūpe sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso;
「于色法中持戒、于定法中守持、于慧中无可匹敌,
Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – ayaṃ gāthā vuttā;
以解脱为无上,转动法轮」此偈已宣说,
Tattha rūpeti ayaṃ rūpa-saddo khandhabhavanimittapaccayasarīravaṇṇasaṇṭhānādīsu dissati. Yathāha – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppanna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.361; 3.86, 89; vibha. 2; mahāva. 22) ettha rūpakkhandhe dissati. ‘‘Rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 160-161; vibha. 624) ettha rūpabhave. ‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti (dī. ni. 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.435-442; dha. sa. 204-205) ettha kasiṇanimitte. ‘‘Sarūpā, bhikkhave, uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā no arūpā’’ti (a. ni. 2.83) ettha paccaye. ‘‘Ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.306) ettha sarīre. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) ettha vaṇṇe. ‘‘Rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno’’ti (a. ni. 4.65) ettha saṇṭhāne. Idhāpi saṇṭhāne daṭṭhabbo (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.1 rūpādivaggavaṇṇanā). Sīleti catubbidhe sīle. Samādhimhīti tividhepi samādhimhi. Paññāyāti lokiyalokuttarāya paññāya. Asādisoti asadiso anupamo. Vimuttiyāti phalavimuttiyā . Asamasamoti asamā atītā buddhā tehi asamehi buddhehi sīlādīhi samoti asamasamo. Ettāvatā bhagavato rūpakāyasampatti dassitā.
其中所谓色,谓色受构成于聚合之五蕴及依缘所起者。如经言:「凡一切色,皆于过去、未来及现在而生」此谓色蕴。又言:「修习色之生起之道」此指色生。又言:「内心无色想,外应诸色见」此指以介质为境之光泽。又言:「恶不善法生於色,但无色不生」此指缘。又言:「空遍满色,尚行音响」此指身。又言:「眼依色生,识随之起」此指色之颜色。又言:「色之大小、清净」此指营折与大小。此处亦当观其营折处(经文详)。戒有四种,定有三种,慧含世俗及出世智慧。无可匹敌指无等无双。解脱谓以果解脱。无上谓不及过去及未来诸佛同等此三者戒定慧。此等已足以示现尊者者形体功德。
Idāni bhagavato kāyabalādiṃ dassetuṃ –
现在为显示尊者者身体力等,
§39
39.
‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ;
『身具示现力,你是现前之力。』
Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
『并非神通力,乃是法轮转动力。』这是所说的;
Tattha dasanāgabalanti dasachaddantanāgabalaṃ. Duvidhañhi tathāgatassa balaṃ – kāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalañcāti. Tattha kāyabalaṃ hatthikulānusārena veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ?
其中所谓示现力者,谓十象牙之威力。如来有二种威力,身威力与智威力。身威力当依象牙数目而知。如何?
‘‘Kāḷāvakañca gaṅgeyyaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ tambapiṅgalaṃ;
『有黑象牙、灰象牙、白象牙、黄棕象牙,香象牙、吉祥象牙、及守斋象牙共十』。
Gandhamaṅgalahemañca, uposathachaddantime dasā’’ti.(ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.148; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.22; a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.10.21; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.198; vibha. aṭṭha. 760; udā. aṭṭha. 75; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 81; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44) –
(引诸注疏经文)—
Imāni dasa hatthikulāni veditabbāni. Kāḷāvakoti pakatihatthikulaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ kāyabalaṃ, taṃ ekassa kāḷāvakassa hatthino balaṃ. Yaṃ dasannaṃ kāḷāvakānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa gaṅgeyyassāti eteneva upāyena yāva chaddantabalaṃ netabbanti. Yaṃ dasannaṃ chaddantānaṃ balaṃ, taṃ ekassa tathāgatassa balaṃ, nārāyanabalaṃ vajirabalanti idameva vuccati. Tadetaṃ pakatihatthigaṇanāya hatthikoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ, purisagaṇanāya dasannaṃ purisakoṭisahassānaṃ balaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāva tathāgatassa pakatikāyabalaṃ, ñāṇabalaṃ pana appameyyaṃ dasabalañāṇaṃ catuvesārajjañāṇaṃ aṭṭhasu parisāsu akampanañāṇaṃ catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ cuddasa buddhañāṇānīti evamādikaṃ ñāṇabalaṃ. Idha pana kāyabalaṃ adhippetaṃ. Kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balanti tañca pana tava kāye pākatikabalanti attho. Tasmā ‘‘dasanāgabala’’nti dasachaddantanāgabalanti attho.
此十象牙当作象牙数目来知。所谓黑象牙,即普通象牙。十人之身威力,相当于一黑象牙象威力。十黑象威力,相当于一灰象牙象威力。以此类推直至象威力顶端。象威力即如来身威力,亦名波旬威力、金刚威力。此即普通象牙计数法中,一千象一万象所组成之威力;十人众计数法中为十亿人威力。此谓如来之现前身威力。而智威力超绝,由十种智慧组成:四无动摇智慧、四出生智慧、五分别智慧,共十五佛智。此智威力不如身威力讲述。身威力谓现前之力,现前于汝身上,故称现前身威力;因而称为『十象牙威力』,即所谓十象牙合成之威力。
Idāni ñāṇabalaṃ dassento ‘‘iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane’’ti āha. Tattha iddhibalena asamoti vikubbanādhiṭṭhānādinā iddhibalena asamo asadiso anupamo. Dhammacakkappavattaneti desanāñāṇepi asamoti attho.
现在他显示了智慧的力量,说:“不可比拟于神通力,在法轮初转时。”其中“不可比拟于神通力”,指的是由于妄念妄执等扭曲的坚定心和执着,智慧力量无法与神通力相匹敌,也无可比拟。所谓“法轮初转”,指的是佛陀开始宣说圣法与觉悟智慧的意义,这里“法轮初转”的意义是讲说和智慧的相称。
Idāni ‘‘yo evamādiguṇasamannāgato satthā, so sabbalokekanāyako, taṃ satthāraṃ namassathā’’ti tathāgatassa paṇāmane niyogadassanatthaṃ –
现在为了对如来的礼敬,说:“那个具足这样优异德行的师长,是独领三界的导师,愿向那位导师顶礼。”
§40
40.
‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ;
“如是,具足一切美德,具备诸法诸相;
Mahāmuniṃ kāruṇikaṃ, lokanāthaṃ namassathā’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
祈敬这伟大的圣人,慈悲观照众生,世界之主,愿顶礼。”——如是说。
Tattha evanti vuttappakāranidassane nipāto. Sabbaguṇūpetanti ettha sabboti ayaṃ niravasesavācī. Guṇoti ayaṃ guṇa-saddo anekesu atthesu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ vatthānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭi’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; mahāva. 348) ettha paṭalatthe dissati. ‘‘Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.4) ettha rāsatthe. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) ettha ānisaṃsatthe. ‘‘Antaṃ antaguṇaṃ’’ (dī. ni. 2.377; ma. ni. 1.110, 302; 2.114; 3.154, 349; khu. pā. 3.dvattiṃsākāra) ‘‘kayirā mālāguṇe bahū’’ti (dha. pa. 53) ettha bandhanatthe. ‘‘Aṭṭhaguṇasamupetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhari’’nti (bu. vaṃ. 2.29) ettha sampattiatthe. Idhāpi sampattiatthe daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.546; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.166; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 136). Tasmā sabbehi lokiyalokuttarehi guṇehi sabbasampattīhi upetaṃ samannāgatanti attho. Sabbaṅgasamupāgatanti sabbehi buddhaguṇehi guṇaṅgehi vā samupāgataṃ samannāgataṃ. Mahāmuninti aññehi paccekabuddhādīhi munīhi adhikabhāvato mahanto munīti vuccati mahāmuni. Kāruṇikanti karuṇāguṇayogato kāruṇikaṃ. Lokanāthanti sabbalokekanāthaṃ, sabbalokehi ‘‘ayaṃ no dukkhopatāpassa āhantā sametā’’ti evamāsīsīyatīti attho.
此处,是用来说明和示现如是称颂的文句。关于“具足一切美德”,此处的“一切”是指无有遗漏的意思。所谓“美德”,此词在多处经中有不同含义。比如在《增支部·二品经文》:“我知道,诸比库呀,未损坏衣物的两倍袈裟”,指袈裟的类型。在《相应部》中说:“时光缩短,昼夜交替,因果相续不断”,指因缘条件。在《中部》中说:“百德可向南方或北方祈求”,指功德资粮。《增支部》等处又说:“末尾的末尾功德,好像多累枝条”,为契缚之义。《佛垂楞伽经》说:“具足八德,拥有神通力量”,指成就之义。这里也应理解为成就、圆满的义。故此处是指具足三界世间和出世间诸种功德财富,完全成熟无缺。所谓“具备诸法诸相”,是指具足佛陀所有法的功德、相好完全融汇成就。所谓“大圣人”,是对于其他辟支佛等圣者更超卓者,称为大圣人。所谓“慈悲”,是由慈悲德行及其流露合成。所谓“世界之主”,是指为整个三界众生解除痛苦灾难而成为领袖者。
Idāni dasabalassa sabbanipaccākārassa arahabhāvadassanatthaṃ –
现在,为了说明阿拉汉的显现,如实展现十种功德及其相依现象——
§41
41.
‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ;
「敬礼与赞美,以及礼拜和称扬;
Namassanañca pūjañca, sabbaṃ arahasī tuvaṃ.
敬礼拜与供养,世尊你堪称完全圣洁。」
§42
42.
‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye;
「凡世间应受敬礼者,受敬礼者是佛;
Sabbaseṭṭho mahāvīra, sadiso te na vijjatī’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
你是众中至尊的大勇士,与你相似者世间无有。」——如是宣说;
Tattha abhivādananti aññehi attano abhivādanakārāpanaṃ. Thomananti parammukhato thuti. Vandananti paṇāmanaṃ. Pasaṃsananti sammukhato pasaṃsanaṃ. Namassananti añjalikaraṇaṃ, manasā namassanaṃ vā. Pūjananti mālāgandhavilepanādīhi pūjanañca. Sabbanti sabbampi taṃ vuttappakāraṃ sakkāravisesaṃ tuvaṃ arahasi yuttoti attho. Ye keci loke vandaneyyāti ye keci loke vanditabbā vandanīyā vandanaṃ arahanti. Yeti ye pana loke vandanaṃ arahanti. Idaṃ pana purimapadasseva vevacanaṃ. Sabbaseṭṭhoti sabbesaṃ tesaṃ seṭṭho uttamo, tvaṃ mahāvīra sadiso te loke koci na vijjatīti attho.
其中,敬礼即他人行其自身敬礼之行为;赞美是当面称赞;礼拜是作合掌状,或心中恭敬;供养是以花环、香气及涂香等作供养。『一切』指一切,意义是说你堪为受礼敬者,是真实且适宜的。『应受敬礼者』是指应当受世人恭敬的,如注释中所说。『所有世间应受敬礼者』即凡应受敬者。此处用的是未来时态之谓语。『至尊』即诸中最上最优者;你为大勇士,世间无人能及于你,意思即此。
Atha bhagavati yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ratanacaṅkamaṃ māpetvā tatra caṅkamamāne āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate pañcahi parivārabhikkhusatehi. Atha thero bhagavantaṃ olokento addasa kapilapure ākāse ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
后来,世尊示现双重神迹,挽动宝轮,在迦毗罗卫城空中行走。当时,长老沙利佛住在王舍城的吉角窟山上,有五百围绕的比库。长老远望世尊,看见其在迦毗罗卫以宝轮行走。对此,其有如下宣说——
§43
43.
‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;
“沙利多是大智者,乃专通禅定与思维之德者;
Gijjhakūṭe ṭhitoyeva, passati lokanāyaka’’nti. – ādi;
常立于蛙顶山上,目观世间领袖。”——以上是开头。
Tattha sāriputtoti rūpasāriyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā puttoti sāriputto. Mahāpaññoti mahatiyā soḷasavidhāya paññāya samannāgatoti mahāpañño. Samādhijjhānakovidoti ettha samādhīti cittaṃ samaṃ ādahati ārammaṇe ṭhapetīti samādhi. So tividho hoti savitakkasavicāro avitakkavicāramatto avitakkaavicāro samādhīti. Jhānanti paṭhamajjhānaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ catutthajjhānanti imehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi mettājhānādīnipi saṅgahitāneva honti, jhānampi duvidhaṃ hoti lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ ārammaṇūpanijjhānanti. Tattha aniccādilakkhaṇaṃ upanijjhāyatīti vipassanāñāṇaṃ ‘‘lakkhaṇūpanijjhāna’’nti vuccati. Paṭhamajjhānādikaṃ pana ārammaṇūpanijjhānato paccanīkajhāpanato vā jhānanti vuccati. Samādhīsu ca jhānesu ca kovidoti samādhijjhānakovido, samādhijjhānakusaloti attho. Gijjhakūṭeti evaṃnāmake pabbate ṭhitoyeva passatīti passi.
其中“沙利多”者,指名为鲁帕萨利耶的婆罗门之子沙利多。“大智者”谓具足广大成色的十六种智慧,故称大智者。“禅定与思维之通达者”指禅定即是心平等不散乱,置于境缘称禅定。有三种禅定:带有思维与考察、无思维但带考察、无思维无考察,即为禅定。所谓禅那,即第一禅、第二禅、第三禅、第四禅,这些禅那与慈心禅等聚合称为禅那,禅那分两种:以相为对象的专注与以念为对象的入定。此中无常等相为念对象之入定,则称为观智“以相为对象之入定”则为第一禅等及随后的对内观照而得禅定者。于禅定及禅那皆通晓者,谓为通禅定与思维之贤者,即禅定思维通达;“蛙顶山”意指名蛙顶山之山丘,故称。
§44
44.Suphullaṃsālarājaṃ vāti samavaṭṭakkhandhaṃ samuggatavipulakomalaphalapallavaṅkurasamalaṅkatasākhaṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ sālarājaṃ viya sīlamūlaṃ samādhikkhandhaṃ paññāsākhaṃ abhiññāpupphaṃ vimuttiphalaṃ dasabalasālarājaṃ olokesīti evaṃ olokapadena sambandho. Candaṃva gagane yathāti abbhāhimadhūmarajorāhupasaggavinimuttaṃ tāragaṇaparivutaṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbakilesatimiravidhamanakaraṃ veneyyajanakumudavanavikasanakaraṃ munivararajanikaraṃ oloketīti attho. Yathāti nipātamattaṃ. Majjhanhikeva sūriyanti majjhanhikasamaye siriyā paṭutarakiraṇamālinaṃ aṃsumālinamiva virocamānaṃ. Narāsabhanti naravasabhaṃ.
44.淡黄绿色的沙罗树王,风吹动时枝叶成环,果实繁茂柔嫩,枝条盘绕装饰,叶枝祥云飘飘,犹如果实满枝的沙罗树王。诸善果皆根于戒,诸智慧如枝叶般彰显,超凡通达如花,得解脱果报强盛如十力沙罗树王环绕世间。这是“观望”一辞的义:如同明月于天空悬照,透过云烟及尘埃,周围繁星簇拥,骄阳圆满时,映现夜空,驱散世间烦恼浊暗,如含苞待放的莲花,宛若圣者们的夜之明灯。直观为叹词。正午日出时光明如金线光芒绚烂的日光凝聚成链,宛如珍珠宝链照耀。“众生领袖”意为世人之最杰出者。
§45
45.Jalantanti daddaḷhamānaṃ, saradasamayaṃ paripuṇṇacandasassirikacāruvadanasobhaṃ lakkhaṇānubyañjanasamalaṅkatavarasarīraṃ paramāya buddhasiriyā virocamānanti attho. Dīparukkhaṃ vāti āropitadīpaṃ dīparukkhamiva. Taruṇasūriyaṃva uggatanti abhinavoditādiccamiva, sommabhāvena jalantanti attho. Sūriyassa taruṇabhāvo pana udayaṃ paṭicca vuccati. Na hi candassa viya hānivuddhiyo atthi. Byāmappabhānurañjitanti byāmappabhāya anurañjitaṃ. Dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakanti sabbalokekadhīraṃ passati nāyakanti attho.
45.水气汇聚处,猛烈奔涌,圆满时如满月光辉,伴随美丽面容,标志表征显现,身躯装饰精妙,极其殊胜的佛陀光明流现。猩红明亮如燃烧宝灯,璀璨耀眼如初升的太阳。年轻太阳光芒初升发出,明亮新鲜似起初初生之光,内含光明之义。“年轻太阳”是指朝阳发出之景象,非增减类似月之变幻;“翡翠光彩映绚丽”意为以蓝绿色映照的光彩缤纷。谓“智者见于世间领袖”意即具足众世最好明智者之见。
Athāyasmā dhammasenāpati atisītalasaliladharanikaraparicumbitakūṭe nānāvidhasurabhitarukusumavāsitakūṭe paramaruciracittakūṭe gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhatvāva dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi āgatehi devabrahmagaṇehi parivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ anuttarāya buddhasiriyā anopamāya buddhalīḷāya sabbaratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānaṃ disvā – ‘‘handāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā buddhaguṇaparidīpanaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ yāceyya’’nti cintetvā attanā saddhiṃ vasamānāni pañca bhikkhusatāni sannipātesi. Tena vuttaṃ –
此时,尊者法军统帅立于凉爽水气包围之峰顶,峰周围聚满各色花香树木环绕,于蛙顶山上,诸天梵众随从入至十万,环绕世尊,观见世尊无上佛光殊胜,超越无双,佛陀戏演遍满诸宝,往返来往。乃自思忖:“我当前往恭敬世尊,乞求佛功德之光照及佛传法句。”于是携众同伴聚集五名比库集会。尔时法云曰——
§46
46.
‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ;
『五种比库众的事』,如是说;
Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, khaṇena sannipātayī’’ti.
『已断染垢、清净者,于刹那间集会』。
Tattha pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānanti pañca bhikkhusatāni, upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Katakiccānanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanāvasena pariniṭṭhitasoḷasakiccānanti attho. Khīṇāsavānanti parikkhīṇacaturāsavānaṃ. Vimalānanti vigatamalānaṃ , khīṇāsavattā vā vimalānaṃ paramaparisuddhacittasantānānanti attho. Khaṇenāti khaṇeyeva. Sannipātayīti sannipātesi.
其中,『五种比库众』者,指五种比库众,须根据使用情况见闻而知。『事』者,指四圣谛及四圣道中,凭止息烦恼的修行得以成就的十六事。『已断染垢』者,谓四种烦恼已息灭者。『清净』者,谓远离污秽,因已断染垢而心清净,若于极致清净心系的连续而言。『于刹那间』谓即刻;『集会』谓聚合,聚集之意。
Idāni tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāte gamane ca kāraṇaṃ dassanatthaṃ –
现在,为了显示比库们的聚会原因,
§47
47.
‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi;
『名为大众供养,示现佳妙事;
Amhepi tattha gantvāna, vandissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ.
我们亦当前去,顶礼我等圣者』。
§48
48.
‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, tucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ;
「我们要前往彼处,册那这尊胜者,消除疑虑,亲见这世界的引导者。」
Kaṅkhaṃ vinodayissāma, passitvā lokanāyaka’’nti. – imā gāthāyo vuttā;
— 此为所说偈语。
Tattha lokappasādanaṃ nāmāti lokassa pasādakaraṇato lokappasādanaṃ pāṭihīraṃ vuccati. ‘‘Ullokappasādanaṃ nāmātipi pāṭho, tassa lokavivaraṇapāṭihāriyanti attho. Taṃ pana uddhaṃ akaniṭṭhabhavanato heṭṭhā yāva avīci etthantare ekālokaṃ katvā etthantare sabbesampi sattānaṃ aññamaññaṃ dassanakaraṇādhiṭṭhānanti vuccati. Nidassayīti dassesi. Amhepīti mayampi. Tatthāti yattha bhagavā, tattha gantvānāti attho. Vandissāmāti mayaṃ bhagavato pāde sirasā vandissāma. Ettha pana amhepi, mayanti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ purimassa gamanakiriyāya sambandho daṭṭhabbo, pacchimassa vandanakiriyāya. Itarathā hi punaruttidosato na muccati.
其中所谓「世界安立」乃因安立于世故,故谓「世界安立」为稳定护持之义。又称「上界安立」亦为护持天地之义。此上界因其上下无界,通视无间,一时现于此,能使众生相互示观而立,是谓示现。示现者,即显现之意。我们亦如是。『那里』者,即世尊所至之地。『礼敬』者,即我们当于世尊足前以头顶礼敬。今此二语,分别属先行与后敬,是往复之词。若逆言则不能解脱。
Ethāti āgacchatha. Kaṅkhaṃvinodayissāmāti etthāha – khīṇāsavānaṃ pana kaṅkhā nāma kācipi natthi, kasmā thero evamāhāti? Saccamevetaṃ, paṭhamamaggeneva samucchedaṃ gatā. Yathāha –
「至彼」谓来「消除疑虑」者,谓已灭尽烦恼阿拉汉无疑,何故长老如此说?实乃如实,初道即断尽,譬如偈曰:
‘‘Katame dhammā dassanena pahātabbāti? Cattāro diṭṭhigatasampayuttacittuppādā vicikicchāsahagato cittuppādo apāyagamanīyo lobho doso moho māno tadekaṭṭhā ca kilesā’’ti (dha. sa. 1405 thokaṃ visadisaṃ).
『何等法应当舍断?四种对应见境之心生起,伴随疑惑。此心生起,堕堕落趣者,有贪、嗔、痴、慢及其余污垢。』(断法集·1405节文)
Na panesā vicikicchāsaṅkhātā kaṅkhāti, kintu paññattiajānanaṃ nāma. Thero pana bhagavantaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ pucchitukāmo, so pana buddhānaṃyeva visayo, na paccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ, tasmā thero avisayattā evamāhāti veditabbaṃ. Vinodayissāmāti vinodessāma.
此处所说之「疑」非指普遍疑惑,而是名为分别不知道。长老欲问世尊的佛传事,佛传为了佛陀是主题,不是独觉佛或佛弟子的事,因此长老要问的只是世尊的事。故长老言「应当知晓此事」,「消除疑虑」者,意为「我们将解除疑虑」之意。
Atha kho te bhikkhū therassa vacanaṃ sutvā attano attano pattacīvaramādāya suvammitā viya mahānāgā pabhinnakilesā chinnabandhanā appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā taramānā sannipattiṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ –
于是,那些比库听闻长老的教诲后,各自取出自衣,就如温顺的巨蛇,身上污秽被斩断,束缚被斩断,减少欲望,心满意足,独处安住,不与人争,具足戒定慧解脱的觉知与见解,踌躇满志地聚集在一起。是故有言:
§49
49.
‘‘Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā;
“善哉!”他们听后,具足自制的根尘成熟,
Pattacīvaramādāya, taramānā upāgamu’’nti.
取出自衣,踌躇满志地走近。”
Tattha sādhūti ayaṃ sādhu-saddo āyācanasampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundarādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante bhagavā, saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.95; 5.382; a. ni. 4.257) āyācane dissati. ‘‘Sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349) sampahaṃsane.
此处“善哉”是源于请求、赞叹、称赞、悦喜等美好意义。譬如在经典中,有言:“世尊,善哉!请简明地说法。”(相应部尼含 4.95;5.382;增支部尼含 4.257)这是请求。在经典中又见:“善哉,善哉。”是比库对世尊所说法的欢喜肯定(中部尼含 3.86)。还有“善哉,善哉,沙利耶”(长部尼含 3.349),为称赞欣喜。
‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro;
“善哉,善行喜悦的国王,善哉,智慧充足之人;
Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’nti. –
善哉,良友的同伴,恶事因缘终获安乐。”
Ādīsu (jā. 2.18.101) sundare. Idha sampaṭicchane. Tasmā sādhu suṭṭhūti therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvāti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.189; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1 suttanikkhepavaṇṇanā; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.115 aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā). Nipakāti paṇḍitā paññavantā. Saṃvutindriyāti indriyesu guttadvārā, indriyasaṃvarasamannāgatāti attho. Taramānāti turitā. Upāgamunti theraṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
初始篇(见《长部》2.18.101)十分雅美。此处记述相应之处。故此,有云“善哉,亦如长老之语,已得相应”,此义见于《中部·尼柯耶·注解》1.189、《中部·尼柯耶·注解》1.1(经文节录与说明处)、《杂藏·注解》1.115《火焰·帕拉德瓦迦经注释》。『熟练』者,意为智者、有智慧者。『守护诸根』者,指诸根的门户严密,具备摄护诸根之德。『疾行』者,意指迅捷迅速。『前进接近』者,谓比库迎前而至。
§50-1
50-1. Idāni dhammasenāpatissa pavattiṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi ‘‘khīṇāsavehi vimalehī’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā tattha dantehīti kāyena ca cittena ca dantehi. Uttame dameti arahatte, nimittatthe bhummaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tehi bhikkhūhīti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi. Mahāgaṇīti sīlādīhi ca saṅkhyāvasena ca mahanto gaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī, nānāpadavasena vā sīlādīhi guṇehi mahanto gaṇoti mahāgaṇo, mahāgaṇo assa atthīti mahāgaṇī. Laḷanto devova gaganeti iddhivilāsena vilāsento devo viya gaganatale bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamīti attho.
现今叙述律众领袖兴起时,诸歌谣称谓“已断染污、清净无染”等,如此颂句已出,所云“驯服者”,指身心均已驯服者。高贵阿拉汉者,意指在本质上应当明了者。上述当与五百比库团相应。据律文看,『大众』指戒法等及数目广大者,或以不同职位、戒德品性分别,故谓其为广大群体,意谓『大群』。用比喻“飘逸如天神于天空游荡”,形容其神通自在,随喜靠近世尊。
§52
52. Idāni ‘‘te itthambhūtā upasaṅkamiṃsū’’ti upasaṅkamavidhānadassanatthaṃ ‘‘ukkāsitañca khipita’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ukkāsitañcāti ukkāsitasaddañca. Khipitanti khipitasaddañca. Ajjhupekkhiyāti upekkhitvā, taṃ ubhayaṃ akatvāti adhippāyo. Subbatāti suvimaladhutaguṇā. Sappatissāti sahapatissayā, nīcavuttinoti attho.
今说“这些女性现身前来”,用于说明前来之形态,谓“发出叹息声并迅疾”等。此处“叹息声”指叹息声音,“迅疾”指迅疾声音。『不颠倒观』谓心持不动,如是此二者不作所作,乃是一种上乘止观。『纯净清净品质』意指性情洁净澄明。『一同修缮』意指共具相同依止,谓名誉向下,意涵不佳。
§53
53.Sayambhunti sayameva aññāpadesaṃ vinā pāramiyo pūretvā adhigatabuddhabhāvanti attho. Accuggatanti abhinavoditaṃ. Candaṃ vāti candaṃ viya, nabhe jalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ gagane candaṃ viya passantīti evaṃ padasambandho daṭṭhabbo. Idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova.
『自生者』即独自通达者,意指未借他法而圆满波罗蜜多、证明得无上觉者。『新出』意指新近诞生或新鲜出现。以“月亮”喻虚空中闪现的世尊月亮,即如明月临空。此语本属词汇类比,今尤应理解为单字对应的音响。
§54
54.Vijjuṃ vāti vijjughanaṃ viya. Yadi ciraṭṭhitikā acirappabhā assa tādisanti attho. Gagane yathāti ākāse yathā, idhāpi yathā-saddo nipātamattova. Ito parampi īdisesu ṭhānesu yathā-saddo nipātamattoti daṭṭhabbo.
『刃』意谓锋利锋芒。若长久存在,则光明不久显现,当如是义。『云空之中』指如空间一样,此处亦应看作如字音之集合。此外,亦可视为类似用法的其他相似词处,如同字音之集合。
§55
55.Rahadamiva vippasannanti atigambhīravitthataṃ mahārahadaṃ viya anāvilaṃ vippasannaṃ salilaṃ. Suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathāti suvikasitapadumavanaṃ rahadamivāti attho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā’’tipi pāṭho, tassa kamanīyabhāvena suphullaṃ kamalavanamivāti attho.
如大河流水清澈澈明,意指极其深广之大河,水质清纯透明。『盛开的莲花』乃盛开蓬勃之荷花林,喻生机盎然。亦有异文为“盛开莲花”,以其可爱之意,喻为盛开之莲花林。
§56
56. Atha te bhikkhū dhammasenāpatippamukhā añjaliṃ sirasi katvā dasabalassa cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā’’tiādi. Tattha nipatantīti nipatiṃsu, vandiṃsūti attho. Cakkalakkhaṇeti cakkaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ yasmiṃ pāde so pādo cakkalakkhaṇo, tasmiṃ cakkalakkhaṇe. Jātivasena ‘‘pāde’’ti vuttaṃ, satthuno cakkālaṅkatatalesu pādesu nipatiṃsūti attho.
第五十六条。于是那几位比库,作为法军统帅领袖,头顶合掌,足跪于华盖装饰的轮相台上。其义为:已说过——『头顶合掌,欢喜畅快,心生欢喜』等语。此处“跪”者,谓跪拜也。所谓“轮相”即指足上之轮相标记,此足有轮相,因此称之为轮相足。以言辞比喻为“足上”,意指尊师的足下跪拜于轮相台上。
§57
57. Idāni tesaṃ kesañci therānaṃ nāmaṃ dassentehi ‘‘sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso’’tiādi gāthāyo vuttā. Tattha koraṇḍasamasādisoti koraṇḍakusumasadisavaṇṇo, yadi evaṃ ‘‘koraṇḍasamo’’ti vā, ‘‘koraṇḍasadiso’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, kiṃ dvikkhattuṃ ‘‘samasādiso’’ti vuttanti ce? Nāyaṃ doso, tādiso koraṇḍasamattā koraṇḍasadisabhāveneva koraṇḍasamasādiso. Na panādhikavacanavasenāti adhippāyo. Samādhijjhānakusaloti ettha ayaṃ kusala-saddo tāva arogyānavajjachekasukhavipākādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) ārogye dissati. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, kāyasamācāro kusalo ? Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.361) evamādīsu anavajje. ‘‘Kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgāna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.87) cheke. ‘‘Kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 431 ādayo) sukhavipāke. Idha pana cheke daṭṭhabbo. Vandateti vandittha.
第五十七条。现在当为几位长老示现其名号,诗篇如“沙利弗多,智慧广大,犹如莲花相似”等。此中“犹如莲花相似”者,暗指莲花的颜色相近。若仅说“犹如莲花”或“莲花相似”,何以用双重形式“犹如莲花相似”?这不是错误,而是此词表达的是具备莲花之相与莲花之性质,故双重说法。并非多余重复意义。这里“相”字含有聚集观察之意,表“善”字对应无病健康、单一快乐等表现。如“或问尊者,何为善身行?尊者答:所谓无过错的身行”之类,可见此善字所显之法义。此处注意“敬”即敬礼也。
§58
58.Gajjitāti gajjantīti gajjitā. Kālamegho vāti nīlasaliladharo viya gajjitā iddhivisayeti adhippāyo. Nīluppalasamasādisoti nīlakuvalayasadisavaṇṇo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayenevetthāpi attho veditabbo. Moggallānoti evaṃ gottavasena laddhanāmo kolito.
第五十八条。“gajjita”者,意谓“发出雷鸣声”。如“时雨云聚”,如同携带蓝色大水般轰鸣,故有所指力能现象。又“如蓝色莲花相似”,意指颜色。下文此处应以此解释。摩诃迦旃延名据其所闻之族名而起,是明悉。
§59
59.Mahākassapopi cāti uruvelakassapanadīkassapagayākassapakumārakassape khuddānukhuddake there upādāya ayaṃ mahā, tasmā ‘‘mahākassapo’’ti vutto. Pi cāti sambhāvanasampiṇḍanattho. Uttattakanakasannibhoti santattasuvaṇṇasadisachavivaṇṇo. Dhutaguṇeti ettha kilesadhunanato dhammo dhuto nāma, dhutaguṇo nāma dhutadhammo. Katamo pana dhutadhammo nāma? Appicchatā, santuṭṭhitā, sallekhatā, pavivekatā, idamaṭṭhikatāti ime dhutaṅgacetanāya parivārabhūtā pañca dhammā ‘‘appicchaṃyeva nissāyā’’tiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāma. Atha vā kilese dhunanato ñāṇaṃ dhutaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ dhutaguṇe. Agganikkhittoti aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti ṭhapito. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhutavādānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākassapo’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 191) ṭhānantare ṭhapitoti attho. Ayaṃ pana agga-saddo ādikoṭikoṭṭhāsaseṭṭhādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa – ‘‘ajjatagge, samma dovārika , āvarāmi dāraṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ nigaṇṭhīna’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.70) ādimhi dissati. ‘‘Teneva aṅgulaggena taṃ aṅgulaggaṃ parāmaseyya’’ (kathā. 441), ‘‘ucchaggaṃ veḷagga’’ntiādīsu koṭiyaṃ. ‘‘Ambilaggaṃ vā madhuraggaṃ vā’’ (saṃ. ni. 5.374) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vihāraggena vā pariveṇaggena vā bhājetu’’ntiādīsu (cūḷava. 318) koṭṭhāse. ‘‘Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā…pe… tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.34) seṭṭhe. Svāyamidha seṭṭhe daṭṭhabbo. Koṭiyampi vattati. Thero attano ṭhāne seṭṭho ceva koṭibhūto ca. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘agganikkhitto’’ti, aggo seṭṭho koṭibhūtoti attho (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.250 saraṇagamanakathā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15). Thomitoti pasaṃsito devamanussādīhi. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito thuto, ‘‘kassapo, bhikkhave, candūpamo kulāni upasaṅkamati apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho’’ti evamādīhi anekehi suttanayehi (saṃ. ni. 2.146) vaṇṇito pasattho, sopi bhagavantaṃ vandatīti attho.
第五十九条。称“大迦旃延”者,乃因其依据“乌鲁维耶迦旃延”及其近亲迦旃延的幼年称谓,所以称作“大迦旃延”。“比”者有“发扬本态”义。所谓“如上等金色”者,意指其相类佛金光颜色之辉。所谓净行者,即是清净心住之法,名为净行法。然何为净行法?谓五法:清净欲,心满意足,无妄语,独处乐趣,此五具净心之法,故称净法。或说亦有如无垢净土等智慧以摄此义,因此净行。又称“首领”,“上首”,“百亿领袖”等。此意在《增支部》中有言:“此为大迦旃延比库是我弟子中首领、净法主”,此意可见。此“首领”存于“首级”,“极大”等层次义。喻如:“今日我首领,正直安宁,阻挡外道”之类。诸比库皆以其为首,且善随众,故得此称谓。赞之为“被诸天人欢敬”,“如来赞叹”等。佛典记载此尊长德行高广,诸多佛法名相赞扬,表明其清净纯善,恭敬佛陀。
§60
60.Dibbacakkhūnanti dibbaṃ cakkhu yesaṃ atthi te dibbacakkhū, tesaṃ dibbacakkhūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ aggo seṭṭhoti attho. Yathāha – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ yadidaṃ anuruddho’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 192). Anuruddhatthero bhagavato cūḷapituno amitodanassa nāma sakkassa putto mahānāmassa kaniṭṭhabhātā mahāpuñño paramasukhumālo, so attasattamo nikkhamitvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, tassa pabbajjānukkamo saṅghabhedakakkhandhake (cūḷava. 330 ādayo) āgatova. Avidūre vāti bhagavato santikeyeva.
第六十条。所谓“辟支佛眼”即有天眼之比库意,称此等比库为辟支佛眼之首领。正如经文中:“此乃吾弟子中具辟支佛眼者首领,此乃阿奴诵多比库”,此意可明。此比库乃世尊的弟子,为佛陀的幼年亲戚,名号阿奴诵多,资历深厚,离家出家后不久,即投奔僧团,此义当知。
§61
61.Āpattianāpattiyāti āpattiyañca anāpattiyañca kovido. Satekicchāyāti sappaṭikammāyapi appaṭikammāyapi cāti attho. Tattha sappaṭikammā sā chabbidhā hoti, appaṭikammā sā pārājikāpatti. ‘‘Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido’’tipi pāṭho, soyeva attho. Vinayeti vinayapiṭake. Agganikkhittoti ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave , mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ, upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228) etadaggaṭṭhāne ṭhapitoti attho. Upālīti upālitthero. Satthu vaṇṇitoti satthārā vaṇṇito pasattho. Thero kira tathāgatasseva santike vinayapiṭakaṃ uggaṇhitvā bhārukacchakavatthuṃ (pārā. 78), ajjukavatthuṃ (pārā. 158), kumārakassapavatthunti (ma. ni. 1.249) imāni tīṇi vatthūni sabbaññutaññāṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā kathesi. Tasmā thero vinayadharānaṃ aggoti evamādinā nayena satthārā vaṇṇitoti vutto.
第六十一条。“无过与有过”,指通晓什么是有过,什么无过之人。所谓“有过”,有六种类,有“无过”则为犯越巴拉基戒的过失。此段“无过有过,明通善达人”是本经读法,义旨明显。“律藏”即指律藏三藏。所谓“首领”,意指此处为弟子中持律之首领,是“伍波离”。佛弟子给予之称号,合先知所描述。该长老如佛般,熟悉律藏中的关隘细节,详尽解释包括硬壳质地、短弥巴、幼迦旃延等三种义项,证实梵文语义,故为持律之首领。
§62
62.Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdhoti paṭividdhasukhumanipuṇattho, paṭividdhaduddasanipuṇatthoti attho. Kathikānaṃ pavaroti dhammakathikānaṃ seṭṭho. ‘‘Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammakathikānaṃ yadidaṃ puṇṇo mantāṇiputto’’ti (a. ni. 1.188, 196) etadaggapāḷiyaṃ āropito. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kathikānaṃ pavaro’’ti. Gaṇīti sasaṅgho. Therassa kira santike pabbajitā kulaputtā pañcasatā ahesuṃ. Sabbepi te dasabalassa jātabhūmikā jātaraṭṭhavāsino sabbeva khīṇāsavā sabbeva dasakathāvatthulābhino. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gaṇī’’ti. Isīti esati gavesati kusale dhammeti isi. Mantāṇiyā puttoti mantāṇiyā nāma brāhmaṇiyā putto. Puṇṇoti tassa nāmaṃ. Vissutoti attano appicchatādīhi guṇehi vissuto.
“苏库曼尼布那之义当按义正解:按义正解即是‘按义解说苏库曼尼布那’,反之‘按义解说不正苏库曼尼布那’即是其义。‘诉说者中之最胜者’意指诸法师中最上者。『比库们啊,这一顶尊之称,属于我的弟子中讲说教法的比库们,此人名为满陀尼波脱』这是所引经典片段(增支部尼含语1.188,196)所依据的顶尊梵语名称。由此说有‘诉说者中最胜’。所谓“群体”,谓僧团也。据说一位长老在其生前,出家子弟五百之多。他们无一不具十力;在出生地及国家皆为族众;皆已离灭烦恼;皆获十种讲说教法的捷报。故称之为“群”者。‘依’有‘寻求’之意,即寻求善法的贤者。满陀尼者谓婆罗门族之子名。满陀尼即该人的名字。‘闻达’谓其因娇养及多德业而得美誉。”
Aññāsikoṇḍaññatthero pana satthari abhisambodhiṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakke anupubbena āgantvā rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharante kapilavatthuṃ āgantvā attano bhāgineyyaṃ puṇṇaṃ nāma māṇavaṃ pabbājetvā bhagavantaṃ vanditvā āpucchitvā nivāsatthāya sayaṃ chaddantadahaṃ gato. Puṇṇo pana bhagavantaṃ dassanāya therena saddhiṃ āgantvā – ‘‘mayhaṃ pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvāva dasabalassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti kapilapureyeva ohīno, so yonisomanasikāraṃ karonto nacirasseva arahattaṃ patvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkami. Ettha pana anuruddhatthero ca upālitthero ca ime dve therā bhagavato kapilavatthupuraṃ pavisitvā ñātisamāgamadivase pabbajitā viya dassitā, taṃ pana khandhakapāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca na sameti. Vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
另一位长老名阿纳萨吉孔达长老,在世尊成道后承接转法轮,渐次来到王舍城并依止于该处。又到咖毕拉瓦图,授戒其兄弟子名为满陀之学童,供养世尊并礼敬,禀问止宿处,自己便去焚毁其旧房舍。满陀学童为得见世尊而与长老同行,期望成就出家事业,前往得五百出家同伴的长老面所。行至咖毕拉城后,他慧思正谨,很快证得阿拉汉果,随即亲近世尊。此时,又有阿努儒达长老与乌跋离长老两位,当日与世尊一同进入咖毕拉城,见到他们像出家者一般。此事未载于律藏巴利文及其注疏中,实为当复审定之事。
Atha satthā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ cittācāramaññāya attano guṇe kathetumārabhi. Tena vuttaṃ –
于是佛陀开始向沙利子等五位比库,对他们心性进行了开示,讲说自己的功德。经中记载如下:
§63
63.
‘‘Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni;
“对这些众生的心性了解,慧巧的圣人;
Kaṅkhacchedo mahāvīro, kathesi attano guṇa’’nti.
勇猛无畏断除疑惑,言说自己的功德。”
Tattha opammakusaloti upamāya kusalo. Kaṅkhacchedoti sabbasattānaṃ saṃsayacchedako.
其中‘慧巧的’意指善于以比喻说明;‘断疑者’谓能断尽众生一切疑惑者。
Idāni te attano guṇe kathesi, te dassetuṃ –
如今他谈说自己的庄严功德,意欲令汝等见知:
§64
64.
‘‘Cattāro te asaṅkhyeyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati;
『有四种不可计数,千万亿计,
Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā;
广大如天空,无边无际;
Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānitu’’nti. – vuttaṃ;
佛陀的智慧广大无比,凡此众皆难以了知』。——已说。
Tattha cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo. Eteti idāni vattabbe atthe nidasseti. Asaṅkhyeyyāti saṅkhyātumasakkuṇeyyattā asaṅkhyeyyā, gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattāti attho. Koṭītiādi vā anto vā mariyādā. Yesanti yesaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ. Na nāyatīti na paññāyati. Idāni te vuttappakāre cattāro asaṅkhyeyye dassetuṃ ‘‘sattakāyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sattakāyoti sattasamūho, sattakāyo ananto aparimāṇo appameyyo. Tathā ākāso ākāsassāpi anto natthi. Tathā cakkavāḷāni anantāni eva. Buddhañāṇaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ. Na sakkā ete vijānitunti yasmā panete anantā, tasmā na sakkā vijānituṃ.
其中谓“四种”者,是数目之分类。此处用以示当前论述之义。所谓不可计数者,因数目无法称量之故。断数之法不复传述,即此意义。所谓千万亿等,谓数目之极限或终止之意。所谓不可知,即不可理解、不能了知。现在依所叙之应证,已有说“四”为不可计数之种种显现。所谓广大如天空者,谓广大无垠,无边无际,无限无量,难以计尽。天空广大无边,轮回诸界亦若是。佛陀智慧乃一切智慧之总称,广大无俦。由此四者皆无边无际,故难以了知。
§65
65. Idāni satthā attano iddhivikubbane sañjātacchariyabbhutānaṃ devamanussādīnaṃ kinnāmetaṃ acchariyaṃ, itopi visiṭṭhataraṃ acchariyaṃ abbhutaṃ atthi, mama taṃ suṇāthāti dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhento –
六十五、现在世尊因其神通变化奇异,令天人及人类称奇,此亦更殊超绝之神妙奇事。闻已语佛法,令法教增广。
‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ;
『何以此世间为奇妙,乃因我具神通变化;』
Aññe bahū acchariyā, abbhutā lomahaṃsanā’’ti. – ādimāha;
『他方亦多奇妙神异,令人毛发竖立。』——此为开端语。
Tattha kinti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ.Etanti idaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ sandhāyāha. Yanti ayaṃ yaṃ-saddo ‘‘yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tadiṅgha brūhī’’tiādīsu (su. ni. 1058; mahāni. 110; cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchā 77) upayogavacane dissati . ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso; yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti (a. ni. 1.277; vibha. 809; mi. pa. 5.1.1) ettha kāraṇavacane. ‘‘Yaṃ vipassī bhagavā kappe udapādī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.4) ettha bhumme. ‘‘Yaṃ kho me, bhante, devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ārocemi taṃ bhagavato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.293) paccattavacane. Idhāpi paccattavacane daṭṭhabbo (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4). Aññe bahū mama acchariyā abbhutavisesā santīti dīpeti.
此中略有否认之辞。此神通变化称谓从此而来。此语如“什么、那个,请勿问,我不知,另请他人问,他自详述”等表达,见于多处用语(《中部尼》1058;《大尼》110;《小尼》《长问答》77),显示为修辞用法。『此地,声闻阿难!不是随便处所,乃某世界两位阿拉汉正觉者。』(《增支部·一·277》《毗婆沙》809;《中部·法集》5.1.1)此为原因语。『彼正觉者毗婆尸佛,我于世间初现时。』(《长部·尼》2.4)此为地点语。『此乃我,尊者,天众忉利天前亲闻亲受者,故述此佛。』(《长部·尼》2.293)此为直接语。此处尤其应以直接语观之(《长部·尼》八次2.4)。又说他方诸多非凡奇异现象,由此显明。
Idāni te acchariye dassento –
今将示现诸奇妙现象——
§66
66.
‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā;
『昔我在兜率天体时,我名欢喜,
Dasasahassī samāgamma, yācanti pañjalī mama’’nti. – ādimāha;
与一万天众同至,相向合掌来求。』——此为开端语;
Tattha yadāti yasmiṃ kāle. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Tusite kāyeti tusitasaṅkhāte devanikāye. Yadā panāhaṃ samattiṃsapāramiyo pūretvā pañcamahāpariccāge pariccajitvā ñātatthacariyalokatthacariyabuddhatthacariyānaṃ koṭiṃ patvā sattasatakamahādānāni datvā sattakkhattuṃ pathaviṃ kampetvā vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā dutiye cittavāre tusitabhavane nibbatto tadāpi santusito nāma devarājā ahosiṃ. Dasasahassī samāgammāti dasasahassacakkavāḷesu devatā sannipatitvāti attho. Yācanti pañjalī mamanti maṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘mārisa, tayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena na sakkasampattiṃ na māra na brahma na cakkavattisampattiṃ patthentena pūritā, lokanittharaṇatthāya pana buddhattaṃ patthayamānena pūritā, so tava kālo, mārisa, buddhattāya samayo , mārisa, buddhattāyā’’ti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā) yācanti mamanti. Tena vuttaṃ –
其时所谓『时』者,即于何时也。『杀身』者,意指自我毁损、断绝自身生命。『忉利天』是忉利天宫的简称。『忉利』为忉利天的名称,『天宫』亦指神界宫殿之所。当我圆满智慧十波罗蜜,舍弃五大殊胜供养,舍离亲族修习道义、世间行法、如来修行诸无量者无数,以及施予数以千万计的广大布施,震动三界大地,脱离三界轮回;于第二念处安住忉利天宫时,尽管已得满足,却仍被尊称为天王。当时有一万人汇聚一处,意指一万天界诸天众集聚。众生顶礼、合掌向我恭敬,亲近而来,言道:“魔王啊,因你圆满十波罗蜜,既不能得魔王境界,也非梵天王,及三界天帝之境界,但你已圆满而成佛教道,故此时即是你成为佛陀之时,魔王啊,你即成为佛道之期。”(此义出自《起事经》注释之一、《无远起事》注)。众生如此祈愿我。于是有言曰——
§67
67.
‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;
“时至,大勇士,应当诞生于提婆母胎;
Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
诸众天神护佑,愿其早证无上涅槃所归。”
Tattha kālo teti kālo tava, ayameva vā pāṭho. Uppajjāti paṭisandhiṃ gaṇha, ‘‘okkamā’’tipi pāṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokanti attho. Tārayantoti ettha pāramiyo pūrentopi tārayati nāma, pāramiyo matthakaṃ pāpentopi tārayati nāma, vessantarattabhāvato cavitvā tusitapure paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā saṭṭhivassasatasahassādhikāni sattapaṇṇāsavassakoṭiyo tattha tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma, devatāhi yācito pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokitaṃ viloketvā mahāmāyādeviyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantopi dasamāse gabbhavāsaṃ vasantopi tārayati nāma, ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe tiṭṭhantopi tārayati nāma. Rāhulabhaddassa jātadivase channasahāyo kaṇḍakaṃ āruyha nikkhamantopi tīṇi rajjāni atikkamitvā anomāya nāma nadiyā tīre pabbajantopi tārayati nāma, chabbassāni padhānaṃ karontopi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha mārabalaṃ vidhamitvā paṭhamayāme pubbenivāsaṃ anussaritvā majjhimayāme dibbacakkhuṃ visodhetvā pacchimayāme dvādasaṅgaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomato sammasitvā sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭivijjhantopi tārayati nāma, sotāpattiphalakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, anāgāmimaggakkhaṇepi, anāgāmiphalakkhaṇepi, arahattamaggakkhaṇepi, arahattaphalakkhaṇepi tārayati nāma, yadā aṭṭhārasadevatākoṭisahassehi pañcavaggiyānaṃ amatapānaṃ adāsi, tato paṭṭhāya tārayi nāmāti vuccati. Tena vuttaṃ –
此处『时』即尔时,即此阶段。『诞生』指再生转世,『承接』另指连接相续,『踏入』亦为承接之意。『众神』于此为诸天神。『护佑』乃意味着即便已具足波罗蜜,也继续护持之意。熄灭三界枷锁后,承接身于忉利天广厦,得以继续存在,历数百万亿岁,归于涅槃。诸天恭请,内观五种殊胜愈发庄严的宏伟布施,极其庄严的观照,天女大幻化者于母胎承接,再次诞生于世为诸行者。于入住家园第三十三年,当日出生罗睺罗子,身披雨衣,越过三条绳索至阿诺摩河岸出家,定心修行。六十年修行至满愿,于维萨卡月圆日登上大菩提树,战胜魔障,于初禅中忆念前行中道,次禅中净慧神通显现,第三禅中悟入十二因缘及缘起之理,达成初果涅槃。此中还显现二果、三果、阿那含果及阿拉汉果。于十八万亿那由他天众授无上三昧时,便宣示恒时庄严之义。有人称谓曰——
‘‘Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ pada’’nti.
“护持诸神祝福,愿其觉悟无上法。”
Atha mahāsatto devatāhi yāciyamānopi devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ adatvāva kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuparicchedavasena pañcavidhaṃ mahāvilokanaṃ nāma vilokesi. Tattha ‘‘kālo nu kho, na kālo’’ti paṭhamaṃ kālaṃ vilokesi. Tattha vassasatasahassato uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Jātijarāmaraṇādīnaṃ apākaṭattā, buddhānañca dhammadesanā nāma tilakkhaṇamuttā nāma natthi, tesaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti kathentānaṃ ‘‘kinnāmete kathentī’’ti na saddahanti, tato abhisamayo na hoti, tasmiṃ asati aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ hoti . Tasmā so akālo. Vassasatato ūno āyukālopi kālo na hoti. Kasmā? Tadā sattā ussannakilesā honti, ussannakilesānañca dinno ovādo ovādaṭṭhāne na tiṭṭhati, tasmā sopi akālo. Vassasatasahassato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā vassasatato paṭṭhāya uddhaṃ āyukālo kālo nāma. Idāni vassasatāyukā manussāti atha bodhisatto ‘‘nibbattitabbakālo’’ti addasa.
后来大梵天神虽为诸天祈愿,仍未获诸天天众承诺,乃以时间轮替、天地见解、子孙族类之寿限,以五重广博观照相续观之理,如实观察。于是首见“时或无时”之初时境界。见百千岁以上不为时间,此乃何故?因生死老病等苦果非恒常,且佛陀所宣法无三相病苦之相无者。论者以无常苦无我不信故,免不了错失悟果,无此情况下法难垂世间。于是非时间也。即使岁数不足百千,也非真实时。何故?当时众生无明烦恼强盛,依无明烦恼之业果报,诸意促使现自我相,故亦不为时间。以百千岁为极限上下,乃为时间。现今人中,佛陀观察此,断言“当为出生之时”。
Tato dīpaṃ olokento ‘‘jambudīpeyeva buddhā nibbattantī’’ti dīpaṃ passi. Tato jambudīpo nāma mahā dasayojanasahassaparimāṇo, katarasmiṃ nu kho padese buddhā nibbattantī’’ti desaṃ vilokento majjhimadesaṃ passi. Tato kulaṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhā nāma lokasammate kule nibbattanti, idāni khattiyakulaṃ lokasammataṃ, tattha nibbattissāmi, suddhodano nāma me rājā pitā bhavissatī’’ti kulaṃ addasa. Tato mātaraṃ vilokento ‘‘buddhamātā nāma lolā surādhuttā na hoti, akhaṇḍapañcasīlāti ayañca mahāmāyā nāma devī edisā, ayaṃ me mātā bhavissatīti kittakaṃ assā āyū’’ti āvajjento dasannaṃ māsānaṃ upari sattadivasāni passi. Iti imaṃ pañcavidhavilokanaṃ viloketvā – ‘‘kālo me, mārisa, buddhabhāvāyā’’ti devatānaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā tattha yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā tato cavitvā sakyarājakule māyādeviyā kucchiyaṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi (jā. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.nidānakathā, avidūrenidānakathā). Tena vuttaṃ –
从那里向外观望,见『佛陀只会在珍宝之岛(即印度)现起』,于是见到了珍宝之岛。那珍宝之岛名为阔大,约有一千万由旬。向那个地方细察,看到中部地方。然后观察世家,说:『佛陀是在世人公认的家族中降生。如今贵族家族为世人所承认,我将在那里出生,我的父亲将是名叫须达多的国王。』观察母亲,说:『佛陀的母亲即佛母并非昏迷醉酒,是持守完整五戒的圣女摩诃摩耶天女,她将是我的母亲。』观看十个月以后,看到第七天。如此观望五重视相后说:『时候到了,魔王,我将成佛。』然后向天人们表达愿望,站在那里直到青春期结束,随后离开,如来所在的释迦族中,摩耶天女在宫殿里布置甬道。(出处记载于增支部释本原始典籍。)世尊由此说:
§68
68.
‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ;
『当我离开兜率天时,进入宫殿时,
Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampittha dharaṇī tadā’’ti. – ādi;
十万世界的地界摇动大地震动。』等语开头;
Tattha okkamīti okkamiṃ pāvisiṃ. Kucchiyanti mātukucchimhi. Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampitthāti sato sampajāno pana bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkamanto ekūnavīsatiyā paṭisandhicittesu mettāpubbabhāgassa somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttaasaṅkhārikakusalacittassa sadisa mahāvipākacittena āsāḷhipuṇṇamāyaṃ uttarāsāḷhanakkhatteneva paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Tadā dasasahassīlokadhātu sakalāpi kampi saṅkampi sampakampīti attho. Dharaṇīti dhāreti sabbe thāvarajaṅgameti dharaṇī, pathavī.
进入即指进入宫殿。宫殿意指母宫殿。十万世界的地界指大地。震动则指出佛在满觉智慧的觉悟过程中,进入母宫殿时,是一种类似满月之夜上升明月的巨大业力和心念波动。此处十万世界震动,是整体摇动不息之意。地界即是支撑一切动静之地,大地也称之。
§69
69.Sampajānova nikkhaminti ettha yadā panāhaṃ sato sampajānova mātukucchito dhammāsanato otaranto dhammakathiko viya nisseṇito otaranto puriso viya ca dve hatthe ca pāde ca pasāretvā ṭhitakova mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhitova nikkhamiṃ. Sādhukāraṃ pavattentīti sādhukāraṃ pavattayanti, sādhukāraṃ dentīti attho. Pakampitthāti kampittha, okkamanepi mātukucchito nikkhamanepi dasasahassī pakampitthāti attho.
69.『似乎心智清明地走出宫殿,正如智者讲述佛法般,乃至伸展双手双足站立,于宫殿由某种不净之物环绕而出。』意为善行开始、善行显现、善行达成。此处震动即为宫殿和十万世界动摇波动的意思。
§70
70. Atha bhagavā gabbhokkantiādīsu attanā samasamaṃ adisvā gabbhokkantiādīsu attano acchariyadassanatthaṃ ‘‘okkanti me samo natthī’’ti imaṃ gāthamāha. Tattha okkantīti gabbhokkantiyaṃ, bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, paṭisandhiggahaṇeti attho. Meti mayā. Samoti sadiso natthi. Jātitoti ettha jāyati etāya mātuyāti mātā ‘‘jātī’’ti vuccati, tato jātito mātuyāti attho. Abhinikkhameti mātukucchito abhinikkhamane pasave satīti attho. Sambodhiyanti ettha pasatthā sundarā bodhi sambodhi. Ayaṃ pana bodhi-saddo rukkhamagganibbānasabbaññutaññāṇādīsu dissati – ‘‘bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho’’ti (mahāva. 1; udā. 1) ca, ‘‘antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhi’’nti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11) ca āgataṭṭhāne hi rukkho bodhīti vuccati. ‘‘Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa’’nti (cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 121) āgataṭṭhāne maggo. ‘‘Patvāna bodhiṃ amataṃ asaṅkhata’’nti āgataṭṭhāne nibbānaṃ. ‘‘Pappoti bodhiṃ varabhūrimedhaso’’ti (dī. ni. 3.217) āgataṭṭhāne sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Idha pana bhagavato arahattamaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.13; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.11; udā. aṭṭha. 20; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā). Apare ‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇa’’ntipi vadanti, tassaṃ sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭhoti attho.
70.然后世尊自述对母宫殿等处方面的观察,感叹自己观察彻底,说:『我无所相逢(笑)』,此诗句中‘相逢’指对应母宫殿,‘契合’等意。出生即指母亲,故‘出生’即‘母’之意。‘出宫殿’指按照动物习性从宫殿中出生。‘觉悟’指佛光普照全知。佛光此词用于树顶圆寂、觉悟全知等方面,如大长部等经论记载:“觉树顶初佛”、“之间是觉悟”等,言及佛陀降生处即树下称为觉处。‘觉’又指四圣谛禅定之智、涅槃、无上智等。此处以阿拉汉境界为标准,称为觉悟涵盖了全部知识,并说那里是最尊之觉处。
Kasmā pana bhagavā sambodhiṃ paṭicca attānaṃ pasaṃsatīti? Sabbaguṇadāyakattā. Bhagavato hi sambodhi sabbaguṇadāyikā sabbepi niravasese buddhaguṇe dadāti, na pana aññesaṃ. Aññesaṃ pana kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalameva deti, kassaci tisso vijjā, kassaci cha abhiññā, kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kassaci sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ, paccekabuddhānaṃ paccekabodhiñāṇameva deti. Buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti. Tasmā bhagavā sabbaguṇadāyakattā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti attānaṃ pasaṃsati. Api ca bhūmiṃ cāletvā sambodhiṃ pāpuṇi, tasmā ‘‘sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho’’ti vadati. Dhammacakkappavattaneti ettha dhammacakkaṃ pana duvidhaṃ hoti – paṭivedhañāṇañca desanāñāṇañcāti. Tattha paññāpabhāvitaṃ attano ariyaphalāvahaṃ paṭivedhañāṇaṃ, karuṇāpabhāvitaṃ sāvakānaṃ ariyaphalāvahaṃ desanāñāṇaṃ. Paṭivedhañāṇaṃ lokuttaraṃ kusalaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ avitakkaavicāraṃ, desanāñāṇaṃ lokiyaṃ abyākataṃ , ubhayampi panetaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ. Idha pana desanāñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ (paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.44).
然而,世尊为何依正觉而称赞自己呢?乃因正觉能赐予一切功德。世尊之正觉,能赐予一切功德,将所有佛陀功德毫无遗漏地全部给予,而其他任何人之正觉则不能如此。就其他人而言:有人之阿拉汉道仅给予阿拉汉果;有人仅给予三明;有人仅给予六神通;有人仅给予四无碍解智;有人仅给予声闻波罗蜜智;辟支佛则仅给予辟支菩提智。唯诸佛之正觉,方能给予一切功德圆满。因此,世尊由于正觉能赐予一切功德,故称赞自己说:『于正觉中,我为最胜。』此外,世尊震动大地而证得正觉,故说:『于正觉中,我为最胜。』
关于『转法轮』,此处法轮有两种:通达智与宣说智。其中,以慧为增上、引领自身证得圣果者,为通达智;以悲为增上、引领弟子证得圣果者,为宣说智。通达智属出世间善,与舍俱行,无寻无伺;宣说智属世间无记;然而此二者皆为他人所不共有。此处所意指者,为宣说智。(参见《无碍解道注》2.2.44)
§71
71. Idāni bhagavato gabbhokkamaneva pathavikampanādikaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā ‘‘aho acchariyaṃ loke’’ti devatāhi ayaṃ gāthā vuttā. Tattha buddhānaṃ guṇamahantatāti aho buddhānaṃ guṇamahantabhāvo, aho buddhānaṃ mahānubhāvoti attho dasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampathāti dasasu cakkavāḷasahassesu mahāpathavī chappakāraṃ pakampittha calittha. Kathaṃ? Puratthimato unnamati pacchimato onamati, pacchimato unnamati puratthimato onamati, uttarato unnamati dakkhiṇato onamati, dakkhiṇato unnamati uttarato onamati, majjhimato unnamati pariyantato onamati, pariyantato unnamati majjhimato onamatīti evaṃ chappakāraṃ anilabalacalitajalataraṅgabhaṅgasaṅghaṭṭitā viya nāvā catunahutādhikadviyojanasatasahassabahalā pathavisandhārakajalapariyantā acetanāpi samānā sacetanā viya ayaṃ mahāpathavī pītiyā naccantī viya akampitthāti attho. Obhāsoca mahā āsīti atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ uḷāro obhāso ahosīti attho. Accheraṃ lomahaṃsananti accherañca lomahaṃsanañca ahosīti attho.
第71节。此时,天人们听闻世尊降入母胎所引发的大地震动等种种事迹,以『啊,世间之奇异!』而说出此偈。其中,『佛陀功德之广大』者,即感叹佛陀功德广大之状,感叹佛陀威德之宏大,此为其义。『十千世界』,即以百亿世界为范围,『以六种方式震动』,即在一万个转轮世界中,大地以六种方式震动、晃动。如何震动?东方升起则西方下沉,西方升起则东方下沉,北方升起则南方下沉,南方升起则北方下沉,中央升起则四周下沉,四周升起则中央下沉——如此以六种方式,犹如被风力所鼓动的水波浪涛所撞击之船只,这片厚达二十四万零二千由旬、以水为边际作为支撑基础的大地,虽属无情,却犹如有情,犹如因喜悦而舞蹈般地震动——此为其义。『并有大光明出现』,即超越诸天之天威,生起广大光明——此为其义。『令人惊奇、令人毛发竖立』,即生起令人惊奇之事与令人毛发竖立之事——此为其义。
§72
72. Idāni pathavikampanālokapātubhāvādīsu acchariyesu vattamānesu bhagavato pavattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘bhagavā tamhi samaye’’tiādigāthāyo vuttā. Tattha lokajeṭṭhoti lokaseṭṭho. Sadevakanti sadevakassa lokassa, sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dassayantoti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassento.
第72节。如今,当大地震动、光明显现等诸多奇异之事正在发生之际,为显示世尊之作为,故说『世尊彼时……』等偈。其中,『世间之尊』者,即世间之最胜者。『连同诸天』,即属于连同诸天的世间,此处应将业格语理解为所属格之用法。『示现』者,即正在示现神变。
§73
73.Caṅkamantovāti dasalokadhātusahassāni ajjhottharitvā ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanamaye caṅkame caṅkamamānova kathesi. Lokanāyakoti atha satthā manosilātale sīhanādaṃ nadanto sīho viya gajjanto pāvussakamegho viya ca ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya ca aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena (dī. ni. 2.285, 301) savanīyena kamanīyena brahmassarena nānānayavicittaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ madhuradhammakathaṃ kathesīti attho.
第73节。『正在经行时』——世尊于那以宝物所成、遍覆一万个世界的经行道上,一边经行一边说法。『世间之导者』——于是,这位导师犹如雄狮般在朱砂色地面上发出狮子吼,犹如雨季的云雷震鸣,又犹如引导天上恒河下降,以具足八种特质的——悦耳的、悦意的、梵音般的——声音,宣说了以种种方式庄严、与四圣谛相应、以三相为标志的甘甜法语——此为其义。
Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathāti ettha satthārā pana nimmitassa tassa caṅkamassa ekā koṭi pācīnacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ ekā pacchimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ evaṃ ṭhite tasmiṃ ratanacaṅkame caṅkamamāno satthā ubho koṭiyo patvāva nivattati, antarā ubho koṭiyo apatvā na nivattati. Yathā catuhatthappamāṇe caṅkame caṅkamamāno ubho koṭiyo sīghameva patvā nivattati, evaṃ antarā na nivattatīti attho. Kiṃ pana bhagavā dasasahassayojanappamāṇāyāmaṃ caṅkamaṃ rassamakāsi , tāvamahantaṃ vā attabhāvaṃ nimminīti? Na panevamakāsi. Acinteyyo buddhānaṃ buddhānubhāvo. Akaniṭṭhabhavanato paṭṭhāya yāva avīci, tāva ekaṅgaṇā ahosi. Tiriyato ca dasacakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi deve passanti. Yathā sabbe devamanussā pakatiyā caṅkamamānaṃ passanti, evaṃ bhagavantaṃ caṅkamamānaṃ passiṃsūti. Bhagavā pana caṅkamantova dhammaṃ deseti antarāsamāpattiñca samāpajjati.
『不在中途折返,如在四肘经行处』——此处,世尊所化现的那条经行道,一端位于东方轮围山口的边缘,另一端位于西方轮围山口的边缘。世尊在此珍宝经行道上经行时,必定走到两端方才折返,不会在未到达两端的中途折返。就如在四肘长的经行处经行,很快便走到两端而折返——意思即是如此,不会在中途折返。那么,世尊是将经行道拉长至一万由旬之长呢,还是化现了那般巨大的身形呢?皆非如此。诸佛的佛力不可思议。从色究竟天起,直至阿鼻地狱,成为一片平地;横向亦有一万个轮围世界合为一片平地。天人得以见到人类,人类也得以见到天人。正如一切天人与人类看到世尊如常态般经行,他们便如此见到世尊经行。而世尊在经行之间,既宣说法,又入于中间定。
Atha āyasmā sāriputto aparimitasamayasamupacitakusalabalajanitadvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇopasobhitaṃ asītānubyañjanavirājitaṃ varasarīraṃ saradasamaye paripuṇṇaṃ viya rajanikaraṃ sabbaphāliphullaṃ viya ca yojanasatubbedhaṃ pāricchattakaṃ aṭṭhārasaratanubbedhaṃ byāmappabhāparikkhepasassirikaṃ varakanakagirimiva jaṅgamaṃ anopamāya buddhalīḷāya anopamena buddhasirivilāsena caṅkamantaṃ dasasahassidevagaṇaparivutaṃ bhagavantaṃ addasa. Disvāna ayaṃ pana sakalāpi dasasahassī lokadhātu sannipatitā, mahatiyā panettha dhammadesanāya bhavitabbaṃ, buddhavaṃsadesanā pana bahūpakārā bhagavati pasādāvahā, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dasabalassa abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya buddhavaṃsaṃ paripuccheyya’’nti cintetvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dasanakhasamujjalaṃ jalajāmalāvikala-kamala-makulasadisaṃ añjaliṃ sirasi katvā bhagavantaṃ ‘‘kīdiso te mahāvīrā’’tiādikaṃ paripucchi. Tena vuttaṃ –
尔时,具寿沙利子见到世尊——其殊妙身形由无量时劫所积累的善力所生,三十二种上妙相好庄严其身,八十种随形好亦光彩焕发;如秋季圆满之月,如一百由旬高、盛放繁花的波利质多罗树,具十八肘之躯,周身笼罩在一寻光明之中,光辉灿烂;犹如行走的上妙金山,以无与伦比的佛陀威仪、无与伦比的佛陀庄严神采经行,并有万千天人眷属围绕随侍。见已,沙利子心念:『此整个一万世界系的众生皆已聚集于此,此处必将有一次盛大的说法,而宣说佛种姓对令众生于世尊生起净信大有裨益——我何不从十力者发大愿以来,依次请问佛种姓呢?』于是,偏袒一肩,上前走近世尊,将十指明亮如盛开莲花花苞般的双手合掌,举至头顶,向世尊请问『大勇者,您是怎样的……』等语。由此,便有所说——
§74
74.
‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;
『沙利佛』者,大慧及定慧巧识者。
Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ.
以智慧已达彼岸者,向世间之主发问。
§75
75.
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama;
『大丈夫者,你是安何等行,乃人中最上?』
Kamhi kāle tayā dhīra, patthitā bodhimuttamā’’ti. –
『在何时,汝,此智者,已得至高觉者境?』
Ādi. Kā nāmāyaṃ anusandhīti? Pucchānusandhi nāma. Tisso hi anusandhiyo – pucchānusandhi ajjhāsayānusandhi yathānusandhīti. Tattha ‘‘evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhante, orimaṃ tīraṃ kiṃ pārimaṃ tīra’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241) evaṃ pucchantānaṃ bhagavatā vissajjitasuttavasena pucchānusandhi veditabbā.
初者,此名何义?谓之问询释义。问询有三,即发问、释疑与随顺释义。此中“如是说时,有一比库谓世尊言:‘尊者,此岸彼岸为何?’”(增里尼经四二四一)如是发问者,以世尊所释解为问询。
‘‘Atha kho aññatarassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya bhikkhū āmantesi – ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati, yaṃ idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena cetasā satthusāsanaṃ atidhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya ‘iti kira, bho, rūpaṃ anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā, anattakatāni kammāni kamattānaṃ phusissantī’ti…pe… taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.90) evaṃ paresaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā bhagavatā vuttavasena ajjhāsayānusandhi veditabbā.
复有一比库心生疑念思惟曰:‘如是,如来之色非我、受非我、想非我、行非我、识非我;非我者,作用因缘所触之。’尔时世尊见是比库心念随转,引导众比库告曰:‘比库,此处真实存有,一贱劣无智之人,因无明陷惑,以心执邪,谓如是,色非我、受非我、想非我、行非我、识非我,非我者者,作用因缘所触。尔时汝等应思:色常否,非常否?’(中部典译三之九十)以此他人之心法已知,是谓释疑释义。
Yena pana dhammena ādimhi desanā uṭṭhitā, tassa dhammassa anurūpadhammavasena vā paṭikkhepavasena vā yesu suttesu uparidesanā āgacchati, tesaṃ vasena yathānusandhi veditabbā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pucchānusandhī’’ti.
初以何法,教法初起之时,或依该法之正相,或依其反面,于听闻诸教说中,出现相应之批判,依此理当依缘纪详知。故称之为『问随依』。
Tattha paññāya pāramippattoti sāvakapāramiñāṇassa matthakaṃ patto. Pucchatīti apucchi. Tattha pucchā nāma adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā, diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā, vimaticchedanāpucchā, anumatipucchā, kathetukamyatāpucchāti pañcavidhā hoti. Tatthāyaṃ therassa katamā pucchāti ce? Yasmā panāyaṃ buddhavaṃso kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ kappasatasahassādhikaasaṅkhyeyyopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānañca kappasatasahassopacitapuññasambhārānaṃ sesamahāsāvakānaṃ vā avisayo, sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva visayo, tasmā therassa adiṭṭhajotanā pucchāti veditabbā.
此中『智慧之到彼岸』,谓随顺弟子究竟智慧之成就。『问』即未问。所谓问乃五种:一为依眼光所见之问,二为观所见资粮之问,三为断疑惑之问,四为须准许之问,五为欲述说义理之问。此处指长老之问为何?缘此佛世系,积德成就者超过数百万劫,成就独觉佛亦有无数,成就两种最高弟子、广大学问弟子者亦极多,且皆以全智佛为引领,故此长老当知所问者乃见之眼光问。
Kīdisoti pucchanākāro, kiṃpakāroti attho. Teti tava. Abhinīhāroti abhinīhāro nāma buddhabhāvatthaṃ mānasaṃ bandhitvā ‘‘buddhabyākaraṇaṃ aladdhā na uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vīriyamadhiṭṭhāya nipajjanaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
何谓问之形态?何为其义?谓即此。所谓从未起精神为佛境界者所致,意为心志束缚,立誓之意,言『未得佛之说明则不生』,立此坚定意志。如是者,教曰
‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttamā’’ti.
『汝其何为,伟大勇士,其精神束缚,妙人也。』
Kamhi kāleti tasmiṃ kāle. Patthitāti icchitā abhikaṅkhitā, ‘‘buddho bodheyyaṃ mutto moceyya’’ntiādinā nayena buddhabhāvāya paṇidhānaṃ kadā katanti apucchi. Bodhīti sammāsambodhi, arahattamaggañāṇassa ca sabbaññutaññāṇassa cetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Uttamāti sāvakabodhipaccekabodhīhi seṭṭhattā uttamāti vuttā. Ubhinnamantarā ma-kāro padasandhikaro.
问曰:何时?谓何时而行耶?答为必愿,所愿者是『佛当觉悟,慈悲解脱』,以此誓愿,何时成立而发问。『觉』者,正遍觉,阿拉汉道、全知智等统称。『妙』者,谓弟子与独觉佛者皆最优也。此两语合体无虚接故。
Idāni buddhabhāvakārake dhamme pucchanto –
今在此佛相成就法中,有人问道——
§76
76.
‘‘Dānaṃ sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ;
『布施、戒律及出离心,智慧与精进如何?』
Khantisaccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhā ca kīdisā.
『忍耐、真实与坚心,慈悲与平等又如何?』
§77
77.
‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka;
『以此十种波罗蜜者,贤者成为世间之主;』
Kathaṃ upapāramī puṇṇā, paramatthapāramī katha’’nti. – āha;
『如何得至圆满之波罗蜜,何为究竟之波罗蜜?』乃说:
Tattha dānapāramiyaṃ tāva bāhirabhaṇḍapariccāgo pāramī nāma, aṅgapariccāgo upapāramī nāma, jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramī nāmāti. Esa nayo sesapāramīsupi. Evaṃ dasa pāramiyo dasa upapāramiyo dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo honti. Tattha bodhisattassa dānapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sasapaṇḍitajātake –
此中布施波罗蜜,专指放弃外物执著,称为波罗蜜;分部放弃谓次波罗蜜;而生命放弃则为究竟波罗蜜。此说乃波罗蜜终极分类。如此十种波罗蜜即十种次波罗蜜与十种究竟波罗蜜,共计三十波罗蜜。此中,菩萨布施波罗蜜因缘具足者并无固定数量。举例如《鹿野苑因缘经》中曰——
‘‘Bhikkhāya upagataṃ disvā, sakattānaṃ pariccajiṃ;
『见比库乞食,舍己食品;』
Dānena me samo natthi, esā me dānapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 1.143 tassuddānaṃ) –
『以布施无可比』,此谓『布施波罗蜜』。
Evaṃ paraṃ jīvitapariccāgaṃ karontassa dānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
由此,行生生世世放弃一切生命者,所谓布施波罗蜜最高真实波罗蜜由是而生。
Tathā sīlapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekanteneva panassa saṅkhapālajātake –
如是,品具足戒波罗蜜者,不计其量。惟独某部经中有言——
‘‘Sūlehi vinivijjhante, koṭṭayantepi sattibhi;
『虽被刺伤,虽被群兽撕咬;』
Bhojaputte na kuppāmi, esā me sīlapāramī’’ti. (cariyā. 2.91) –
『我不生嗔,此即我戒波罗蜜』。
Evaṃ attapariccāgaṃ karontassa sīlapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如是,修行自我舍弃者,戒波罗蜜最高真实波罗蜜由是而生。
Tathā mahārajjaṃ pahāya nekkhammapāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa cūḷasutasomajātake –
如是,抛弃大国之后,具足出世间修行圆满之性者的度量无有其量。唯独在《小须陀洹苏陀摩本生经》中有言——
‘‘Mahārajjaṃ hatthagataṃ, kheḷapiṇḍaṃva chaḍḍayiṃ;
『我舍弃大国与象群,宛如抛弃玩具;
Cajato na hoti lagganaṃ, esā me nekkhammapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
舍弃之后不再贪恋,此即我出世功德之完善。』(此语见于《法句经》中、本生经缘起及善本生经缘起)——
Evaṃ nissaṅgatāya rajjaṃ chaḍḍetvā nikkhamantassa nekkhammapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如此断绝纠结,舍弃国土而出游者,此即所谓出世功德最终目的之极高功德。)
Tathā mahosadhapaṇḍitakālādīsu paññāpāramiyā pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa sattubhattakapaṇḍitakāle –
同样,自大药师圣哲时期开始,智慧功德圆满之度量亦无可计量。唯独在《七头犊牛世尊本生经》中有言——
‘‘Paññāya vicinantohaṃ, brāhmaṇaṃ mocayiṃ dukhā;
『我凭智慧观照,令婆罗门得到解脱。』
Paññāya me samo natthi, esā me paññāpāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
世尊于《法句经释》中以及《本生经·释法句经》中说:“我没有等于智慧者,这就是我的智慧波罗蜜。”
Antobhastagataṃ sappaṃ dassentassa paññāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
所谓“智慧波罗蜜”,即指内藏于心中的真实智慧,至高的智慧波罗蜜由此而生。
Tathā vīriyapāramitāya pūritattabhāvānaṃ parimāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ekantena panassa mahājanakajātake –
对于精进波罗蜜,虽充满了充足的本质,却没有固定的量度。在《大智度本生经》中明确如此记载——
‘‘Atīradassī jalamajjhe, hatā sabbeva mānusā;
“渡过河流,人们同样遭遇毁弃,
Cittassa aññathā natthi, esā me vīriyapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
心境也无二致,这就是我的精进波罗蜜。”《法句经释》和《本生经·释法句经》中皆有此记载。
Evaṃ mahāsamuddaṃ tarantassa vīriyapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
由此,渡过滔滔大海的精进波罗蜜即成最极胜的波罗蜜。
Tathā khantivādijātake –
如是,关于宽忍论生经──
‘‘Acetanaṃva koṭṭente, tiṇhena pharasunā mamaṃ;
『宛如断灭无心者,我被荆棘粗枝穿刺;
Kāsirāje na kuppāmi, esā me khantipāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
在迦尸王面前我不生怒,这即是我的宽忍波罗蜜。』(依据《法句经·八法》、《经集·八「远缘起」释》以及《增支部·八法·远缘起》注解)──
Evaṃ acetanabhāvena viya mahādukkhaṃ adhivāsentassa khantipāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如此,宛如无心之境承受极大苦难者,宽忍波罗蜜即为最究竟之波罗蜜而出生。
Tathā mahāsutasomajātake –
又如大须陀梭摩经──
‘‘Saccavācaṃnurakkhanto, cajitvā mama jīvitaṃ;
『守护正语者,放弃我命;
Mocesiṃ ekasataṃ khattiye, esā me saccapāramī’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā) –
『我在人间释放了一百名刹帝利,此即我皈依真理的波罗蜜』。此语见于《长部》八部缘起注疏、《本生经》八部远缘起注疏、《小本生经》八部远缘起注疏。
Evaṃ jīvitaṃ cajitvā saccaṃ anurakkhantassa saccapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如是舍弃世间生活,而能护持真理者,则名为真理波罗蜜,是真正究竟的波罗蜜。
Tathā mūgapakkhajātake –
同理如《瞽翼本生经》记载曰——
‘‘Mātā pitā na me dessā, attā me na ca dessiyo;
『母亲父亲皆不见我,自身我亦未曾识别;
Sabbaññutaṃ piyaṃ mayhaṃ, tasmā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahi’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā 3.65) –
我虽全然无知,却心爱此身,故此我当坚定持守』。此文出自《长部》八部缘起注疏、《本生经》八部远缘起注疏、《小本生经》八部远缘起注疏,以及《行品》第三章第六十五偈。
Evaṃ jīvitampi pariccajitvā vataṃ adhiṭṭhahantassa adhiṭṭhānapāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如是舍弃自身生活而能坚定持守者,即名为坚定波罗蜜,是真实究竟之波罗蜜。
Tathā suvaṇṇasāmajātake –
于是,关于金色鸳鸯生的故事记载说——
‘‘Na maṃ koci uttasati, napi bhāyāmi kassaci;
『无人对我生怨恨,我亦不惧怕任何人;
Mettābalenupatthaddho, ramāmi pavane tadā’’ti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.113) –
依靠慈爱之力,我当时在风中愉悦自在。』(此语见于律藏、经藏王者缘起释,以及道德经、行藏等处)——
Evaṃ jīvitampi anoloketvā mettāyantassa mettāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā.
如此审视生命,对于慈爱者之慈爱波罗蜜,即至最高究竟的慈爱波罗蜜产生。
Tato lomahaṃsajātake –
于是,关于白鹭生的故事说——
‘‘Susāne seyyaṃ kappemi, chavaṭṭhikaṃ upanidhāyahaṃ;
『我筑起洁净的床榻,置放白色的被褥;
Gāmaṇḍalā upagantvā, rūpaṃ dassentinappaka’’nti. (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; apa. aṭṭha. 1.dūrenidānakathā; cariyā. 3.119) –
到达村落后,显现形相而不迟疑。(此句出处见《律藏序分》《长部序分》《中部序分》《行为篇》第3.119节)
Evaṃ gāmadārakesu niṭṭhubhanādīhi ceva mālāgandhūpahārādīhi ca sukhadukkhaṃ uppādentesupi upekkhaṃ anativattantassa upekkhāpāramī paramatthapāramī nāma jātā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana cariyāpiṭakato gahetabbo.
如此在村中儿童等以射鸟为戏,及以花环、香品等供养而生起快乐与痛苦,但于不动念上行不增不减,当则生起平等心的至高功德。这是一略说,详说则应从行为藏取之。
Idāni therena puṭṭhassa bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ dassentehi saṅgītikārakehi –
现在以尊长者所问及世尊讲说的歌辞为解说,述说如下——
§78
78.
‘‘Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro;
‘尊长者展开言说,如蜜山般甘甜,
Nibbāpayanto hadayaṃ, hāsayanto sadevakaṃ.
使人心安宁欢喜,使众生皆欢笑。
§79
79.
‘‘Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ;
‘这是过去诸佛胜者所宣说,佛陀传承中圆满的教法,
Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pakāsayī lokahitaṃ sadevake’’ti. – vuttaṃ;
因前世所熏习的智慧,显现于世间为众生利益的事,谓诸天众皆如是说。——此为所说。
Tattha tassa puṭṭho viyākāsīti tena dhammasenāpatinā puṭṭho hutvā tassa byākāsi, attano abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya abhisambodhipariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ kathesīti attho. Karavīkamadhuragiroti karavīkasakuṇassa viya madhurā girā yassa so karavīkamadhuragiro, karavīkamadhuramañjussaroti attho. Tatridaṃ karavīkānaṃ madhurassaratā – karavīkasakuṇā kira madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitaṃ phalarasaṃ pivitvā pakkhena tāḷaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadā madamattā viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti, gocarapasutāpi catuppadagaṇā mukhagatānipi tiṇāni chaḍḍetvā taṃ nādaṃ suṇanti, vāḷamigā khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittaṃ pādaṃ anikkhipitvā cittakatā viya tiṭṭhanti, anubandhamigāpi maraṇabhayaṃ hitvā tiṭṭhanti, ākāse pakkhandantā pakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā tiṭṭhanti, udake macchāpi kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ acālentā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānā tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃ madhurassarā karavīkā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.38; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.386). Nibbāpayanto hadayanti kilesaggisantattasabbajanamānasaṃ dhammakathāmatadhārāya sītibhāvaṃ janayantoti attho. Hāsayantoti tosayanto. Sadevakanti sadevakaṃ lokaṃ.
这里『被问答而阐明』者,谓以此法军统领被问而答,说明他所奉持、所依止,并述尽菩提完满的整个佛系传承。称之为『鹦鹉甜言』,鹦鹉是指鹦鹉鸟,其言语甜美,犹如鹦鹉般口舌甜美。此处喻鹦鹉传递甜美的言语,如同鹦鹉因熟练鲜美果汁而接受蜜蜂花粉后振翼鸣叫,蝴蝶飞舞,四翼翩翩如醉般嬉戏,山林野兽听闻其声似心安立止。连空中的飞鸟和水中鱼儿听见此声亦止步不动。此言鹦鹉甜美之声(出自《长部义疏》2.38、《中部义疏》2.386)。此语意指出,念诵佛史之教化如甘露滋润众生烦恼之心,从而使心生清凉平静。『欢喜』即是愉悦。『诸天众』即指诸天世间众生之意。
Atītabuddhānanti atītānaṃ buddhānaṃ. Amhākaṃ bhagavato abhinīhārassa purato pana taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro saraṇaṅkaro dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā ekasmiṃ kappe nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ aparabhāge koṇḍaññādayo tevīsati buddhāti sabbe dīpaṅkarādayo catuvīsati buddhā idha ‘‘atītabuddhā’’ti adhippetā, tesaṃ atītabuddhānaṃ. Jinānanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Desitanti kathitaṃ. Catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ catusaccapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ. Nikīlitanti tesaṃ caritaṃ kappajātigottāyubodhisāvakasannipātaupaṭṭhākamātāpituputtabhariyāparicchedādikaṃ nikīlitaṃ nāma. Buddhaparamparāgatanti dīpaṅkaradasabalato paṭṭhāya yāva kassapaparamparato āgataṃ desitaṃ nikīlitaṃ vāti attho. Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyāti ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyoti (ma. ni. 1.148, 384, 421; 2.233; 3.82; pārā. 12) evaṃ vibhattaṃ pubbe nivuṭṭhakkhandhasantānasaṅkhātaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anugatā upagatā tāya pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇenāti attho. Pakāsayīti byākāsi. Lokahitanti sabbalokahitaṃ buddhavaṃsaṃ. Sadevaketi sadevake loketi attho.
『过去佛』指久远以前的佛。吾等世尊之前有四尊佛,具足执著、智慧、皈依、贪求诸相,名为灯明佛等,四尊佛均生于同一劫中。其中另有三十三佛如拘鳩那等皆为过去佛,灯明佛等二十四尊合称为过去佛。『过去佛』一词正是指这些。『诸智者』即菩提者,谓所说法已四谛道理相应。『记载』是指佛迹、教法记录于劫生族谱、佛弟子聚合、亲师子母等章节中。所谓『佛系传承』即由灯明佛等迭代相承至迦叶佛,为其传法根基。『因前生习气之佛』意谓一切生死轮回连绵不绝的历世因缘,这称为『前世所居佛智』或『前住佛的智慧』,亦称『前世回忆之智』。『显现』即示现、说示。『利益世间』谓利益所有世间众生。『诸天众』即一切天人众生之意。
§80
80. Atha bhagavā karuṇāsītalena hadayena sadevakaṃ lokaṃ savane niyojento ‘‘pītipāmojjajanana’’ntiādimāha. Tattha pītipāmojjajanananti pītipāmojjakaraṃ pītiyā pubbabhāgaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pañcavaṇṇāya pītiyā janananti attho. Sokasallavinodananti sokasaṅkhātānaṃ sallānaṃ vinodanaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ. Sabbasampattipaṭilābhanti sabbāpi devamanussasampattiādayo sampattiyo paṭilabhanti etenāti sabbasampattipaṭilābho, taṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ buddhavaṃsadesananti attho. Cittīkatvāti citte katvā, buddhānussatiṃ purakkhatvāti attho. Suṇāthāti nisāmetha nibodhatha. Meti mama.
第八十章,世尊以慈悲清凉之心境,听闻诸天众生时,称呼诸天“生起喜乐”等等。此处『生起喜乐』指用喜乐生起之欢喜。『喜乐』为前段之欢喜,五色丰盛之喜。『消愁解忧』意为解除忧愁、悲切之音声。『得尽一切福德』即诸天人诸种成功、利益皆获圆满称为『尽得一切福德』,此即佛史传承。『存于心中』为置于心,意为先行观佛事。『聆听』则为闻受、了知。曰我愿意听。
§81
81.Madanimmadananti jātimadādīnaṃ sabbamadānaṃ nimmadanakaraṃ. Sokanudanti soko nāma ñātibyasanādīhi phuṭṭhassa cittasantāpo. Kiñcāpi atthato domanassameva hoti, evaṃ santepi antonijjhānalakkhaṇo, cetaso parinijjhāyanaraso, anusocanapaccupaṭṭhāno, taṃ sokaṃ nudatīti sokanudo, taṃ sokanudaṃ. Saṃsāraparimocananti saṃsārabandhanato parimocanakaraṃ. ‘‘Saṃsārasamatikkama’’ntipi pāṭho, tassa saṃsārasamatikkamakaranti attho.
『消减嗔恨贪欲』者,指消减生命之根本嗔恨贪欲等烦恼。『忧愁』谓因亲缘冤属等之内心忧苦,亦即心所之悲伤。无论任何原因,内心都能生出忧伤之同样性质,亦即悲伤的特征。谓内心对自身及外物生起悲伤、忧懊、憎恶、忧虑,称为忧伤。『解脱轮回』即解脱生死束缚之意。『超越轮回』即越过生死轮回之法门。此处有『超越轮回』一语,意为实现断除轮回。
Sabbadukkhakkhayanti ettha dukkha-saddo dukkhavedanā-dukkhavatthu-dukkhārammaṇa-dukkhapaccaya-dukkhaṭṭhānādīsu dissati. Ayañhi ‘‘dukkhassa ca pahānā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.232; ma. ni. 1.383, 430; pārā. 11) dukkhavedanāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Jātipi dukkhā jarāpi dukkhā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.387; saṃ. ni. 5.1081) dukkhavatthusmiṃ. ‘‘Yasmā ca kho, mahāli, rūpaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkanta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.60) dukkhārammaṇe. ‘‘Dukkho pāpassa uccayo’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 117) dukkhapaccaye. ‘‘Yāvañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, na sukarā akkhānena pāpuṇitaṃ yāva dukkhā nirayā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.250) dukkhaṭṭhāne. Idha panāyaṃ dukkhavatthusmiṃ dukkhapaccayepi ca daṭṭhabbo. Tasmā jātiādisabbadukkhakkhayakaranti attho (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 2 ādayo). Magganti ettha kusalatthikehi maggīyati, kilese vā mārento gacchatīti maggoti buddhavaṃsadesanā vuccati, taṃ nibbānassa maggabhūtaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ. Sakkaccanti sakkaccaṃ cittīkatvā, ohitasotā hutvāti attho. Paṭipajjathāti adhitiṭṭhatha, suṇāthāti attho. Atha vā pītipāmojjajananaṃ sokasallavinodanaṃ sabbasampattipaṭilābhahetubhūtaṃ imaṃ buddhavaṃsadesanaṃ sutvā idāni madanimmadanādiguṇavisesāvahaṃ sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ buddhabhāvamaggaṃ paṭipajjathāti sabbesaṃ devamanussānaṃ buddhattaṃ paṇidhāya ussāhaṃ janeti. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
『消除一切苦之义』此处『苦』涵盖诸苦感受、苦之所缘、苦所缘随烦恼、苦所依止诸处等。『生死亦苦,老病亦苦』等语,为苦所缘。『色亦苦,苦之缘生及苦所染着』等语,属于苦所缘。『苦乃恶之根本』等语,为苦所依止。『若未曾由最难言之业缘获苦者常为地狱受苦』等语,为苦所在。因由苦所缘故,亦须视其苦所依止。如是故,生死一切皆为苦之消除者。『道』此处为善法所引导之道,盖因烦恼为魔使,故称为道。『有信心』意为信念稳固。『坚定不退』意为安立不退。『请听受』意即听闻领受。『今此因闻喜乐生起及消愁解忧及尽得一切福德之因而生起,于今具足广大特殊优良资质芥蒂之福德,以此修习一切苦的消除乃至证佛果道,为诸天与人众立下誓愿而生发勇猛精进力。此即最高之意。」
Iti madhuratthavilāsiniyā buddhavaṃsa-aṭṭhakathāya · 如是,于《显扬妙义》这部《佛种姓》注释中,
Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. · 宝经行道篇注释完毕。
Niṭṭhitā ca sabbākārena abbhantaranidānassatthavaṇṇanā. · 并且,内部因缘序的义释已从一切方面完毕。